SR-108
LIBRARY SYSTEM
USER'S MANUAL
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF BREEZE, FL 32561
JANUARY 1984
-------
LIBRARY SYSTEM
USER'S MANUAL
by
Susan Means, Russ Ryder,
and
Andree Lowry
Environmental Research Laboratory
Gulf Breeze, FL 32561
January 1984
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION 1
2. SPECIAL SYSTEM CAPABILITIES 4
2.1 Multiple User Access 4
2.2 Key Search Files 4
2.3 Masking Data Fields 5
2.4 Report Generation 5
2.4.1 Standard Output 5
2.4.1 Modified Output 7
2.5 Keyword Analysis 8
2.6 Thesaurus 11
2.7 Summary 14
3. GENERAL PROCEDURES 15
3.1 Conventions 15
3.2 Interaction with Library Systems 15
3.3 Accessing EPALIT 15
3.3.1 Dial Link-up 15
3.3.2 Direct Link-up 15
3.4 Slgnlng-on 16
3.5 Using the Option Menu 16
3.6 Advancing through System Levels 17
3.7 Requesting System Status 17
3.7.1 ? Command 17
3.7.2 ! Command 17
3.8 Inputting Records 18
3.8.1 Bypassing Prompts 18
3.8.2 Separating Data Elements 18
3.8.3 Repositioning the Cursor 19
3.8.4 Repeating a Prompt 19
3.8.5 Deleting a Prompt 20
3.8.6 Incrementing Fields 20
3.8.7 Duplicating an Entry 20
3.8.8 Advancing to Next Record Input Display 21
3.9 Searching for Records 22
3.9.1 Truncated Search Terms 22
3.9.2 Imbedded Fragment Search Terms 22
3.9.3 Boolean Expressions 23
3.9.4 Searching Key Files (Option 1-5) 23
3.9.5 Searching by Key Contents Analysis (Option 8) 25
3.9.6 Searching by Record Fragment (Option 7) 25
3.9.7 Sequentially Surveying the Database 26
3.10 Modifying Existing Records 27
3.10.1 Modifying by Input Method 27
3.10.2 Modifying by Edit Method 28
3.10.3 ADD Comand 29
3.10.4 NOSAVE Command 30
3.11 Listing Key File Data 30
3.12 Deleting Records 33
3.13 Sign1ng-off 33
-------
LIBRARY HOLDINGS SYSTEM 34
4.1 Content of the Library Holdings System 34
4.2 Slgning-on • 34
4.2.1 FULL Mode 34
4.2.2 DELAYED POSTING Mode 34
4.2.3 RESTRICTED Mode 35
4.3 System Menu 35
4.4 Item Record 36
4.4.1 SHELF # 36
4.4.2 DATE. 36
4.4.3 TITLE 36
4.4.4 AUTHORS 37
4.4.5 CORP AUTH(O) 37
4.4.6 CORP AUTH(S) 37
4.4.7 ALT TITLE 37
4.4.8 SERIES 37
4.4.9 NOTES 38
4.4.10 SUBJECTS 38
4.4.11 PUBR 38
4.4.12 PLACE 38
4.4.13 PRICE 38
4.4.14 ISBN/ISSN 39
4.4.15 LC | 39
4.4.16 ED , 39
4.4.17 PURCHASE ORDER* 39
4.4.18 STATUS 39
4.4.19 BORROWER'S NAME 39
4.4.20 STATUS CODE 40
4.4.21 CHECK-OUT DATE 40
4.5 Record Input 40
4.6 Sample Records 40
4.6.1 Item on Order 41
4.6.2 Book 41
4.6.3 Journal 41
4.6.4 Document 41
4.6.5 Dissertation 41
4.6.6 EPA Report 41
4.7 Sample Searches 42
4.7.1 Key File Searches 42
4.7.2 Key Contents Analysis Search 43
4.7.3 Record Fragment Search 43
4.8 Signing Off 44
4.9 Circulation Subsystem 44
4.9.1 Signing-on 44
4.9.2 Record Retrieval 44
4.9.3 Record Display 44
4.9.4 Item Check-out 45
4.9.5 Item Check-in 4b
4.9.6 Requesting Circulation Profile 45
4.9.7 Advancing Through/Exiting the Circulation Subsystem . . 46
-------
CONTRIBUTION SYSTEM (IN-HOUSE/EXTRAMURAL PUBLICATIONS) 47
5.1 Content of the Contribution System 47
5.2 Signing-on 48
5.2.1 FULL Mode 48
5.2.2 DELAYED POSTING Mode 49
5.3 System Menu 49
5.4 Item Record 49
5.4.1 AUTHOR 49
5.4.2 TITLE 50
5.4.3 JOURNAL 50
5.4.4 YR 50
5.5.5 VOL 50
5.4.6 ISSUE 51
5.4.7 PAGE NO 51
5.4.8 EDITOR 51
5.4.9 TITLE 1 51
5.4.10 PUBLISHER 51
5.4.11 CONTRIBUTION NO 52
5.4.12 GRANT NO 52
5.4.13 LAB PROJECT NO 52
5.4.14 EPA REPORT NO 52
5.4.15 ABSTRACT 53
5.4.16 NOTES 53
5.4.17 DRAFT ID# 53
5.4.18 PUB TYPE 53
5.4.19 DATE CONT # ASSIGNED 53
5.4.20 CAS # 54
5.5 Record Input. 54
5.6 Sample Records 55
5.6.1 Item in Preparation or In Press 55
5.6.2 Journal Article 55
5.6.3 Book Chapter 55
5.6.4 EPA Report 55
5.6.5 Published Abstract 56
5.6.6 Conference Proceedings 56
5.7 Sample Searches 56
5.7.1 Key File Searches 56
5.7.2 Key Contents Analysis Search 58
5.7.3 Record Fragment Search 58
5.8 Signing-off 59
REPRINT SYSTEM 60
6.1 Content of the Reprint System 60
6.2 Signing-on 60
6.2.1 FULL Mode 60
6.2.2 RESTRICTED Mode 61
6.3 System Menu 61
6.4 Item Record 62
6.4.1 AUTHOR 62
6.4.2 AUTHOR 2-6 62
6.4.3 TITLE 62
6.4.4 JOURNAL 62
6.4.5 YR 63
6.4.6 VOL 63
-------
6.4.7 ISSUE 63
6.4.8 PAGE NO 63
6.4.9 EDITOR 63
6.4.10 TITLE 1 64
6.4.11 PUBLISHER 64
6.4.12 REPRINT HOLDER 64
6.4.13 REPRINT NO 64
6.4.14 KEYWORD 1-15 64
6.4.15 NOTES 6b
6.4.16 LABEL NEEDED? 65
6.4.17 NAME 6b
6.4.18 ADDRESS 65
6.4.19 CITY-STATE 65
6.4.20 COUNTRY 66
6.4.21 DATE RECEIVED 66
6.5 Record Input 66
6.6 Sample Records 67
6.6.1 Journal Article 67
6.6.2 Book Chapter 67
6.6.3 Technical Report 67
6.6.4 Conference Proceedings 67
6.7 Sample Searches 68
6.7.1 Key File Searches 68
6.7.2 Key Contents Analysis Search 69
6.7.3 Record Fragment Search 69
6.8 Signing-off 70
7. SPECIALIZED BIBLIOGRAPHY SYSTEM 71
7.1 Content of the Specialized Bibliography System 71
7.2 Signing-on 71
7.3 System Menu 71
7.4 Item Record 72
7.4.1 REFERENCE NO 72
7.4.2 CITATION SEQ# 72
7.4.3 DOCUMENT 72
7.4.4 FY . ., 72
. 7.5 Record Input 73
7.6 Sample Record 73
7.7 Sample Searches 73
7.7.1 Key File Searches 73
7.7.2 Key Contents Analysis Search 74
7.7.3 Record Fragment Search 74
7.8 S1gn1ng-off 75
8. SLIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM 76
8.1 Content of the Slide Collection System 76
8.2 Signing-on 76
8.3 System Menu 76
8.4 Item Record 77
8.4.1 SLIDE # 77
8.4.2 TITLE 77
8.4.3 KEYWORD 77
8.4.4 NOTES 77
8.4.5 BORROWER'S NAME 77
-------
8.4.6 STATUS CODE 78
8.4.7 CHECK-OUT DATE 78
8.5 Record Input 78
8.6 . Sample Record 78
8.7 Sample Searches 78
8.7.1 Key File Searches 78
8.7.2 Key Contents Analysis Search 79
8.7.3 Record Fragment Search 79
8.8 Signing-off 80
8.9 Circulation Subsystem 80
8.9.1 S1gn1ng-on 80
8.9.2 Record Retrieval 80
8.9.3 Record Display 80
8.9.4 Slide Check-out 81
8.9.5 Slide Check-In 81
8.9.6 Requesting Circulation Profile 81
8.9.7 Advancing Through/Exiting the Circulation Subsystem. . 81
9. LABORATORY NOTEBOOK SYSTEM 83
9.1 Content of the Laboratory Notebook System 83
9.2 Signing-on 83
9.3 System Menu 83
9.4 Item Record 84
9.4.1 LAB PROJECT # 84
9.4.2 DATE ASSIGNED 84
9.4.3 BOOK NUMBER 84
9.4.4 LAB NOTEBOOK TITLE 84
9.4.5 RESEARCHER 84
9.4.6 DATE ARCHIVED 85
9.4.7 BORROWER'S NAME 8b
9.4.8 CHECK-OUT DATE . 85
9.5 Record Input 85
9.6 Sample Record 35
9.6.1 Active Notebook 85
9.6.2 Archived Notebook 85
9.7 Sample Searches 86
9.7.1 Key File Searches 86
9.7.2 Key Contents Analysis Search 87
9.7.3 Record Fragment Search 87
9.8 Signing-off 87
9.9 Circulation Subsystem 87
9.9.1 Signing-on 88
9.9.2 Record Retrieval 88
9.9.3 Record Display 88
9.9.4 Notebook Check-out 88
9.9.5 Notebook Check-in 89
9.9.6 Requesting Circulation Profile 89
9.9.7 Advancing Through/Exiting the Circulation Subsystem 89
10. LITERATURE SEARCH SYSTEM 90
10.1 Content of the Literature Search System 90
10.2 S1gn1ng-on 90
10.3 System Menu 90
10.4 Item Record 91
-------
10.4.1 JOB NO 91
10.4.2 LAB PROJECT NO 91
10.4.3 ORIGINATOR 91
10.4.4 PHONE 91
10.4.5 DATE 91
10.4.6 BRANCH CHIEF 92
10.4.7 DESCRIPTION 92
10.4.8 KEYTERMS 92
10.4.9 SEARCHER 92
10.4.10 ESTIMATE OF COST 92
10.4.11 DATE END . 92
10.4.12 SEARCH STRATEGY 92
10.4.13 HITS 93
10.4.14 PRINTS 93
10.4.15 EVALUATION 93
10.5 Record Input 93
10.6 Sample Records 94
10.6.1 Single File/Single Strategy Search 94
10.6.2 Multiple File/Multiple Strategy Search 94
10.7 Sample Searches 94
10.7.1 Key File Searches 94
10.7.2 Key Content Analysis Search 96
10.7.3 Record Fragment Search 96
10.8 Sigmng-off 96
11. GLOSSARY 97
APPENDIX A - BATCH STREAM COMMANDS FOR DATABASE RESTRUCTURE AND REPORT GENERATION
Library Holdings System A-l
Contribution System (In-House/Extramural Publications) A-2
Reprint System A-4
Specialized Bibliography System A-5
Slide Collection System A-6
Laboratory Notebook System A-7
Literature Search System A-8
APPENDIX B - SAMPLE REPORTS
Library Holdings System B-l
Contribution System (In-House/Extramural Publications) B-2
Reprint System B-3
Specialized Bibliography System B-4
Slide Collection System B-5
Laboratory Notebook System B-6
Literature Search System B-7
APPENDIX C - STOP-LISTS AND GO-LISTS
Sample Stop-List C-l
Sample Go-List C-2
APPENDIX D - NAME FILES
Name File D-l
-------
1. INTRODUCTION
The library of the Environmental Research Laboratory, Gulf Breeze, Florida
functions as an information processing unit for the scientific and
administrative staff of the laboratory. It is a repository for conventional
research materials as well as such items as the in-press manuscripts and
published reports of the staff, the scientific notebooks, and the laboratory
slide collection. The library is the primary means by which information from
these materials is accessed; its on-line library system is the basis for all
access and retrieval of information.
The library system is an application of the EPALIT Text Data Management
Computer System, which was developed for the laboratory by Computer Sciences
;»
Corporation. The EPALIT system preserves text in computer storage in such a
way that it can be easily retrieved and viewed. Because library records are
predominantly textual rather than numerical, EPALIT provides the ideal medium
in which to automate many of the library's functions. Using EPALIT allows the
library system to store large amounts of data and then rapidly analyze, retrieve,
and report information based on predetermined search criteria. The system
ensures the availability and effective utilization of all library resources
because of maximum retrievability.
The initial library application of EPALIT was the creation of a Library
Holdings database. The Holdings database contains all the elements found in a
standard card catalog: authors, titles, and subjects as well as acquisition,
circulation, and shelf list information. Some of the information is masked
from view by nonlibrary staff, but is retained in the system for retrievability
and records management. The system generates printouts by title, author, and
subject. Special reports, such as a journal index and directories of items in
circulation and on order, are also available. Keyword analyses of titles and
-------
descriptive notes are system capabilities that can also be provided 1n
printouts.
The library system contains other databases similar to the Library
Holdings database. These use different formats but have all the capabilities
of the Library Holdings database. They include the Environmental Research
Laboratory, Gulf Breeze (ERLGB) Contribution database, the Reprint database,
the Laboratory Notebook database, and the Slide collection database. The ERLGB
Contribution database consists of the in-house and extramural research reports
of the Gulf Breeze Laboratory, both published and unpublished. The records in
this system contain bioliographic information, abstracts, and various
laboratory control numbers. Printed indices of all data in this sytem are
available for library and laboratory use. A directory printout is generated
which provides bibliographic citations, an author index, and a title keyword
index; this format is used for public distribution and is updated as requested.
Special bibliographies are generated in the directory format in response to
administrative requests and scientific inquiry. The keyword analyses are
especially valuable capabilities when applied to this database because .of its
term-enriched abstract field.
The Reprint database is a catalog of the reprint collections of the
laboratory. The primary printout for this collection is an author index in
bibliographic citation format. Subject and title keyword indices can be
generated as needed. Author- and subject-specific directories are also
available upon request. The scientific staff of the laboratory also use this
system to catalog their personal reprint collections. Although these records
are entered remotely by the individual holders, the library has on-line access
to the entire database and can generate comprehensive indices as well as
directories to specific collections.
-------
The Laboratory Notebook database 1s used for control and retrieval of the
research notebooks of the scientific staff. Each record contains laboratory
project number, date assigned, notebook number, researcher name, notebook
title, and date archived. As with Library Holdings, a circulation control
mechanism is part of the database.
The Slide Collection database includes title descriptions of the
laboratory's slides along with subject classifications and slide numbers. This
database also maintains circulation control information.
The library system also contains databases whose foci differ from that of
the on-line catalogs. For instance, the Specialized Bibliography database
allows a researcher to compile his bibliography as he obtains his sources and
then tailor the format of the printed list to meet the publisher requirements.
The Search Request database is used to record information about literature
searches performed on commercial databases. Each record contains the search
number, requestor name, date requested, search strategy, keyterms, estimated
cost, and an evaluation of the search.
The key to the flexibility of the library system is an ongoing dialogue
between the library, the laboratory staff, and systems personnel. With this
interaction, the library is able to provide timely information service
regardless of the complexity of requests. As the library assumes increasingly
varied and sophisticated information tasks using its on-line system, it
continues to strengthen its role as the laboratory's primary source of
information.
The following explanations, instructions, and illustrations pertain to the
on-line characteristics of the library system. It must be recognized that this
system, and all library service, is supported by many other manual functions.
-------
2. SPECIAL SYSTEM CAPABILITIES
2.1 Multiple User Access
Library systems can be simultaneously accessed by multiple users without
fear of overloading the computer, Interfering with another user's transactions,
or encountering unacceptably slow response time.
2.2 Key Search Files
Each database contains five key search files. Together these files
comprise a unique identifier of the record they represent. Typical key files
are author, title, and subject. Key files may contain only one element, or
field, or a combination of several. Putting multiples fields in a file
increases the number of search options a database will accommodate. Candidates
for file sharing are fields with either related significance or with very
dissimilar identifying characteristics. Both combinations reduce the chance of
false drops in searching and make it possible to generate combined and separate
reports. For example, the Title/Series file in the Library Holdings system
generates a combined title, alternate title, and series index. In this file, a
single query searches three different fields to retrieve potentially relevant
records. On the other hand, the Author/Year file in the ERLGB Contribution
system generates two separate indices and eliminates the risk of false drops
through the mutually exclusive characteristics of the two fields. Key search
files may be temporarily or permanently changed to provide better access to
specific Information. This capability is particularly useful for generating
special reports through nonstandard access points such as ISBN, publisher, etc.
Field names can also be changed to more accurately describe the data they
contain.
-------
2.3 Masking Data Fields
The system Is capable of masking data fields from view both at the
terminal and in the printouts. For Instance, the Circulation subsystem of the
Library Holdings System masks all data fields except those pertinent to the
circulation function. In the Library Holdings system itself, the sign-on
procedure used determines how much information is available for viewing. The
library staff sign-on procedure displays a full record to the screen, including
ISBN, Library of Congress card number, purchase order number, borrower name,
etc. The patron sign-on procedure masks confidential information.
2.4 Report Generation
2.4.1. Standard Output
Library systems regularly generate printed indices, reports and
directories. The issue frequency varies according to how often a database is
significantly updated. The number and format of printouts depends on the
number of key search files and the intended use of the printout. In the
printed indices, records are listed alphabetically letter-by-letter and the
system automatically highlights the indexed field to facilitate usage.
The Library Holdings system produces three monthly indices for public use:
title, author, and subject. The title index provides the most complete
bibliographic citation along with subjects, shelf number, and notes. Title,
alternate title, and series are listed in one alphabet. SEE references are
provided for related titles, alternate titles, conferences, translations, and
series. Notes are used to indicate contents, library holdings, and other
miscellaneous information. In the case of multiple copies and multi-volume
works, the system prints only a principal record with holdings notes. The
author index includes personal and corporate authors in one alphabet. In both
author and subject indices, relevant titles are listed below the indexed term
-------
with shelf numbers shown In highlighted brackets. The title Index must be
consulted for the full bibliographic record. The ISBN, LC number, Item price,
and borrower name do not appear in these reports. Items on order are listed in
the title and author indices, but contain only brief bibliographic information,
notes, and order date. A separate title index of items on order is also
available. The Circulation subsystem generates two weekly reports for use by
library staff. Circulating items are listed alphabetically by title with
borrower name, shelf number, and check-out date; by borrower name with
respective titles, authors, shelf numbers, and check-out dates. Printouts by
individual borrowers are issued yearly or upon request.
The ERLGB Contribution system generates monthly printouts by title,
author, journal, publication year, CAS number, contribution number, EPA report
number, grant number, laboratory project number, and draft ID number. Records
in this catalog contain a bibliographic citation and abstract, laboratory
control numbers, publication type, and notes. The Publications directory is a
citation list grouped by year of publication with author and title keyword
indices. The Index to Reports/Publications is a special interest directory of
recently published items and items still in preparation or in press. The
directory format is used to prepare other special bibliographies as well.
These include author-specific directories, subject bibliographies, and citation
lists of research published under specific grants. Directories may be
generated for in-house use or public distribution and may or may not contain
abstracts. The author-specific directories frequently include various keyword
analyses in addition to the citation list. Directories are issued as necessary
to meet demand.
The Reprint system generates an author index to the reprint holdings of
the library. Records in this database contain complete bibliographic
-------
information plus reprint number, reprint holder, subjects, and notes. Because
the reprint holdings of other laboratory staff are represented in the database,
indices to individual collections can be issued as requested. The system's
ability to generate indices by title keyword and subject is especially useful
with these collections.
The Slide Collection system generates reports by title keyword, subject,
and classification number. These printouts are issued as needed.
The Specialized Bibliography system is used primarily to issue researcher-
compiled bibliographies in whatever format is required by the publisher. These
printouts are issued to researchers as requested.
At this time, the Laboratory Notebooks system and the Search Request
system do not routinely generate any printouts. However, these systems have
the same capacity for report generation by key search file and keyword analysis
as do the other databases.
2.4.2 Modified Output
Two methods are used to modify the content and arrangement of system
printouts. The first method provides direct access to sunsets by assigning a
common shelf number prefix or a shared shelf number phrase to each record in a
subset. In the Library Holdings system, journals are identified with the
shelf number PERIODICALX, documents with the prefix DCS, theses by the phrase
THESIS author's name, and vertical file material by the phrase VERTICAL FILE
subject category. These "shelf numbers" enable the system to generate
printouts of specific subsets. For instance, the journal index is generated by
a system command to print a directory of all records with the shelf number
PERIODICALX. The same procedure can be used with any distinctly identifiable
subset.
-------
The second method is based on a mutual agreement between library and
programming staff to use specially assigned codes to control report formats.
These codes have significance only in the systems and fields to which they are
assigned. The library currently uses two input codes: a minus sign (-) and a
single horizontal space ( ). The minus sign is used in the Library Holdings
system to eliminate duplicate records of multiple copies and multi-volume works
from the printed indices. These duplicate records are distinguished by a minus
sign prefixed to the shelf number. Only principal records appear in the
printed indices, but duplicates are available on-line and in the circulation
reports. The minus sign is also used in the grant number field of the ERLGB
Contribution system to prevent items from appearing in certain directories.
The space code has assigned meaning in the year field of the ERLGB Contribution
system. It is used to segregate in preparation and in press items from those
already published. These records are distinguished by a single space before
the phrase IN PREP or IN PRESS in the year field. When the system generates
reports by publication year, these are listed separately. These codes can be
assigned to other sytems and fields or new ones devised as needed.
2.b. Keyword Analyses
One of the most useful characteristics of the system is its ability to
perform analyses of database content. These analyses fall into four
increasingly sophisticated categories: Term frequency count, Term with record
identifier(s), Keyword in context, and Keyword out of context. Each of these
capabilities, when applied to a database, results in a printed report.
Analyses may be run against every record and field in a database or only a
circumscribed portion. The same selection criteria used when searching the
database, including Boolean relationships, is used to identify specific record
subsets and/or fields for analysis. To streamline the process, the system
-------
automatically strips the database of all syntax before performing analyses.
Typical analyses include title and abstract keyword indices of either an
entire database or a record set limited by author, year, or subject.
A stop-list of trivial terms is usually developed before the first
analysis is initiated. This stop-list controls the analysis by requiring the
system to examine every term not on the list. It is composed of typically
nonsignificant terms such as articles, conjunctions, prepositions, and
pronouns. Term length may also be used to determine significance, but is not
always a relevant measure. When the analysis has a relatively narrow focus, a
go-list may be developed instead. A go-list controls the analysis by providing
the system with a prescribed set of terms to examine; terms not on the list are
ignored. Term significance is derived from the intended use of the analysis.
Using different stop- and go-lists to analyze the same record set will alter
the focus of the analysis. However, it is not possible to use more than one
list to drive an analysis. In some cases, an analysis of every term is more
productive. Stop-lists and go-lists are used to improve the value of analyses
while decreasing system response time.
The Term frequency count generates an alphabetical list of terms which
includes the number of term occurrences. This may be a comprehensive list of
every term in a record set or a preliminary list of nontrivial terms based on
an initial stop-list. It is used to build or improve stop-lists, to develop
go-lists, and as a basis for constructing thesauri. The Term frequency count
printout is not considered a finished product for public use.
The Term with record identifier analysis generates an alphabetical list of
terms and identifies their record sources. It can be comprehensive or refined
and is used to further develop stop- and go-lists and to edit database content.
It is primarily used, however, to determine the context of term usage when
-------
constructing thesauri. Although not formatted for public use, this capability
can provide crude subject access to a database.
The Keyword In context analysis generates an alphabetical list of keywords
surrounded by a one hundred and ten character line of proximate test. If the
keyword is found near the beginning or end of an indexed field, a full line of
text will not appear. If the proximate text exceeds one hundred and ten
characters, truncation may occur. Keywords are highlighted in a single column
with identical terms printed only once. A record identifier follows each line
of text. This capability is usually applied to the title field, but can be
used to generate a KWIC concordance of record abstracts. These reports are not
issued automatically, but as needed by the library. Individual scientists
frequently request Keyword in context analysis of specific record sets for
their own use.
The Keyword out of context analysis eliminates the problem of truncation
by supplying the keyword context verbatim. Keywords appear as headings at the
left margin followed by the text in which they are located. They are
highlighted in both the heading column, where identical terms appear only once,
and in the text, which is indented to further facilitate rapid scanning.
Context parameters vary from a single sentence to complete paragraphs depending
on the intended use of the analysis. Like the Keyword in context analyses,
this capability is. applied to both title and abstract fields and generates a
variety of indices and concordances. The library uses a KWOC title analysis as
a subject Index to the ERLGB Contribution system and special analyses are
issued as requested by the laboratory staff.
Sentence ranking is a special application of the system's analytical
capabilities. It stems from the system's ability to locate sentences and
identify keywords within them. As with other analyses, selective criteria are
10
-------
used to define the record sets and fields for examination. Analyses can be
driven with stop-lists or go-lists or may be run against the full test. The
system evaluates each sentence according to four objective measures: the
aggregate character length of its nontrivial terms, the total number of
sentence characters, the number of nontrivial terms it contains, and where it
resides in the test. Each of these measures is weighted according to its
relative merit as an indicator of sentence value; this weight can be
redistributed to change the focus of the analysis. Currently, the ratio of
nontrivial characters to the total number of characters in the sentence is the
primary ranking factor, followed by the number of nontrivial terms it contains
and its position in the text. The reports generated by these analyses
highlight record identifiers at the left margin and follow them with sentence
blocks ranked in either reverse or advancing order of significance. In every
evaluation, there is a discernible shift from sentences with a higher order of
significance to those of a lesser order; there can, in fact, be several shifts.
The system recognizes these thresholds of significance and can tailor its
reports to meet very divergent needs. Sentence ranking is used to objectively
identify the essential content of record sets. For this purpose, primary value
is assigned to sentences exhibiting the highest order of significance. This
application is especially helpful to scientists engaged in summarizing research
results because it provides them rapid access to the "meat" of important
publications. Sentence ranking is equally useful in editing text because it
can identify the least significant, potentially extraneous sentences for
possible revision.
2.6. Thesaurus
As the library system has expanded, so has the need for an authoritative
vocabulary to facilitate document indexing and retrieval. In response to this
11
-------
need, system capabilities have been applied to create an on-line thesaurus.
This thesaurus is being populated using the basic library system modified by a
special program which generates reciprocal entries where indicated. It
contains three kinds of terms: descriptors, descriptors with cross-references,
and USE references. The USE references guide searchers from unauthorized terms
to the preferred descriptors. They do not generate reciprocal entries.
Cross-references show the heirarchical and conceptual relationships between
descriptors. The thesaurus recognizes four term relationships: broader (BT),
narrower (NT), related (RT), and synonymous (EQ). Entering a descriptor
followed by any of these operators prompts the system to generate reciprocating
references. Three reciprocal pairs occur: BT/NR, RT/RT, and EQ/EQ. For
instance, the entry
Blue Crab
EQ Callinectes Sapidus
BT Brachyura Crab
causes the system to record the following entries automatically:
Callinectes Sapidus
EQ Blue Crab
Brachyura
NT Blue Crab
A hyphen prefixed to a narrower or related term indicates the presence of even
more specific subsets of the prefixed term; however, reciprocal entries
indicating membership in a broader descriptor class are not generated.
The thesaurus contains both analytical and abstract terms. Four factors
are considered when evaluating descriptor candidates: the term's frequency of
occurrence in the literature, how often it is used in the library system, its
relationship to previously selected descriptors, and its precision and
12
-------
acceptability. The noun form is perferred, although some adjective and gerund
descriptors are used. Multiword descriptors are entered in natural language
order. Although punctuation is generally excluded, hyphens are used if their
omission would alter the intended meaning of a term. Universally recognized
abbreviations are used, but cross-referenced to the unabbreviated form. The
system alphabetizes descriptors letter-by-letter, ignoring all characters
except numerals, letters, and spaces. Numerals are listed first, followed by
letters with spaces between words sorted before characters.
Three printouts of the thesaurus database are available: Thesaurus of
descriptors, Descriptors, and Descriptor words. The Thesaurus of descriptors
contains all descriptors and cross-references interfiled alphabetically with
the USE references; descriptors and operators are highlighted. The Descriptors
printout is an alphabetical list of every term in the thesaurus. The
Descriptor words report is a permuted or KWOC index of every significant word
used in a descriptor. The complete descriptor is the context. In this
printout, the indexed words are highlighted in both the headings and the
phrases that follow. Reports are generated periodically and checked for
spelling errors and duplicate reciprocal entries. Descriptors can be added,
modified, or deleted at any time, as can cross-references.
Although this capability can be applied to any library system, it is
initially being used to construct a thesaurus of terms from the ERLGB
Contribution system. When completed, this thesaurus will assist in the
indexing of documents by identifying the most suitable descriptors available
and outlining the relationships between them. It will also aid database
searchers by disciplining search strategies with authorized terms and enriching
them with coincident terms. A directory printout will be available for public
13
-------
use, but the thesaurus will eventually be used on-line to internally enhance
search strategies.
2.7. Summary
The on-line system provides rapid access to library resources through its
flexible data management programs. It can also produce special reports
tailored to meet specific content and format requirements. Successful
application of these capabilities requires consistent communication between the
library, laboratory, and computer staff to identify desired results and the
most effective means of achieving them. The examples cited for each capability
are intended to illustrate how the Gulf Breeze library has used the system's
capacity for adaptation. Other applications of these same capabilities are
equally feasible and can be implemented as needed.
14
-------
3. GENERAL PROCEDURES
This chapter is a basic guide to the procedures used in all EPALIT library
systems. For specific information such as sign-on codes, menu options, and
data entry formats, consult the appropriate system chapter.
3.1 Conventions
Underlined phrases indicate the type of information the user should enter.
Characters enclosed in brackets should be entered verbatim by the user.
(CR) indicates the user should press the return key.
Capitalized phrases represent system input prompts.
3.2 Interaction with Library Systems
Communication with each library system is an interactive process consisting of
user input and system output. A system will accept input only when it has
prompted the user for a response. Except for commands to the operating system
(using the CTRL key and some character suffix), all input is transmitted by
pressing the return key.
3.3 Accessing EPALIT
Two methods are used to access the EPALIT system: dial link-up using a standard
phone line and an acoustic coupler or direct link-up via a dedicated line.
Determine which method is suitable to your system and execute the corresponding
steps.
3.3.1 Dial Link-up
1) Turn on terminal and acoustic coupler.
2) Set coupler to full duplex.
3) Lift receiver and dial local EPALIT number. You may obtain this number
from your computer systems manager.
4) When a high-pitched tone is audible, place receiver in coupler cradle
muffs.
3.3.2 Direct Link-up
1) Turn on terminal.
2) Press and hold CTRL, type [C].
EPALIT will identify itself and initiate sign-on. If the connection is not
successful or to re-connect after signing-off, repeat the procedure.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AG=NCY
30-OEC-83
09:36:06
FOR ASSISTANCE, CALL YOUR SYSTEM MANAGER.
15
-------
3.4 Signing-on
Signing-on to a library system requires the input of a sequence of system-
specific identification codes. These codes are assigned as each system
application is developed and can be obtained from your computer systems manager.
A description of each code is given below. Refer to the section on signing-on
in the following system chapters for examples of specific codes.
1) Enter User Code: a unique string of alphabetic characters which
identifies the system user.
2) Enter Password; a unique security code which is masked from the screen
as it is entered.
3) Enter POP Account Number; a unique alphanumeric code which identifies
the account being accessed.
4) Enter PDS>: a unique alphabetic code which is prefixed with the symbol
"@".
5) Enter 4 Character Application Mnemonic and Terminal ID: terminal ID
is displayed on the screen during sign-on; mnemonic is an alphabetic
code which indicates the authorization mode in which the system will
operate (FULL, DELAYED POSTING, or RESTRICTED).
6) Enter Terminal Type: a numeric character which indicates the type of
terminal being used (hardcopy, DEC VT52, or generic scrolling device).
The system will display its option menu and offer an input prompt.
3.5 Using the Option Menu
All library systems are menu-driven. Transactions are initiated by selecting
one of the ten options offered in each menu. Option 6 is used to add records;
Options 1-5, 7, and 8 are used to search for records; Option 10 is used to sign-
off; Option 9 is currently inactive. With the exception of Option 6, satisfactory
completion of a transaction will automatically return you to the menu display.
Option 6 continues to re-format the screen for new record input until you
terminate tne transaction.
To make your selection, enter Option Number(CR). Single digits may be typed
with or without a zero prefix (05 or 5).The system will activate the
corresponding transaction mode and offer an input prompt.
HeRARY HOLDINGS SYSTEM
00 YOU WISH TO
SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT 6Y:
OR
01: AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH. 06: »00 4 OOCU.1ENT TO THE FILE
02: SUBJECT 07: SEARCH BY RECORD FRAGMENT
03S TITLE/SERIES 08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
0*: BORROWER'S NAME 09:
05: SHELF « 10: TERMINATE THE SYST=M
701
ENTER AUTHOR/COUP.flUTrt. :
71
ENTER AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH. :
16
-------
3.6 Advancing Through System Levels
There are essentially two levels in each library system: the menu and the
subordinate transaction modes. The asterisk command is used to advance from
the lower levels to the higher level. It can be entered following any input
prompt to return to the menu display. It can also be entered at the menu level
to exit the EPALIT system entirely.
To execute this command, type C*](CR).
CTITLEJ ECOLOGY OF PESTICIDES CAUTH3RS3 BROWN, ANTHONY WILLIAM ALORIOGE
CPU6R3 JOHN WILEY I SONS [PLACED NEW YORK C04TE3 1978 CPRICE3 36.00
CSHELF *3 QH545.P*37v CSU3JECTSJ PESTICIDES—ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS
[BORROWER'S NAME] COUCH JOHN
ENTER ACTION COD: : «
3.7 Requesting System Status
Each library system contains a limited amount of record storage space. It is
sometimes helpful to know how much of this space is occupied, how much remains,
and which transactions occurred most recently. Two commands are available to
generate this information.
3.7.1 ? Command
The question mark command is used to determine the current status of a system's
storage space. It is entered at the menu level and generates a brief account
of the number of records held in the database, the number of transactions
since the last database restructure, and the total number of records the data-
base will accommodate. .
To execute this command, type [?](CR).
THE NEXT AVAILA3LS DATA BASE RECORD IS 30857
THE DATA 3ASE IS INITIALIZED FOR RECORDING TO REC3RO 37805
THERE HAVE 8£cN 6 TRANSACTIONS SINCE LAST RESTRUCTURE
3.7.2 i Command
The exclamation point command generates a record by record listing of every
transaction since the last database restructure. It can be entered from any of
the key file search modes (Options 1-5).
17
-------
To execute this command, type [!](CR).
ENTER AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH. : I
CTITLE3 PROGRESS REPORT: DRILLING FLUID PROJECT CAUTHORS3 OUKE, T. W. CCORP
AUTM(0)J UNITED STATES. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY. ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARC
LABORATORY, GULF 8?E5Z=, FL COATE3 1983 CSERIES3 EPA-600/X-83-050 CSH=LP O
=PA-600/X-83-050 CSUBJECTS3 DRILLING FLUIDS
3.8 Inputting Records
Before creating a new record, thoroughly search the database to ensure that the
item, or some version of it,-is not already present in the system. If it is,
determine its status (new edition, duplicate copy, etc.) and decide the
appropriate course of action. Modified versions of existing records can be
entered using the ADO feature described in Section 3.10.3. If the item is not
in the database, draft a new record and add it to the system. Records should
always be entered with the system in FULL authorization mode to allow immediate
retrieval.
To add a record or records to a database, select Option 6 from the menu and
enter the appropriate data.
1) Type [6](CR).
2) Enter Data Elements(CR).
Each system generates a series of input prompts from a stored list of field
names. Prompting proceeds in the order of this list until a record is compiled.
To move from one prompt to the next, enter the requested information and press
return or issue one of the following commands.
3.8.1 Bypassing Prompts
To bypass a prompt, simply press the return key. The corresponding field will
be left void and its designator deleted from the finished record.
NEW RECORD
ENTER SHELF » : Z731.A53 1975
ENTER DATE : 1975
ENTER TITLE : AMERICAN LI3RARY DIRECTORY
ENTER AUTHORS :
ENTER CORP AUTHCO) :
ENTER CORP AUTHCS) :
3.8.2 Separating Data Elements
To separate items of equal importance within a field, type two slash marks
between the items. Do not space immediately before, between, or after the
slashes. The system will assign equal index value to the separated elements,
18
-------
NEW RECORD
ENTER SHELF * : SHU.UN*.2 591
ENTER OATe : 1970
ENTER TITLE : BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE LOBSTER, GENUS HQMARUS
ENTER AUTHORS : LEWIS, R. 0.//RICHABDS, WILLHM J.
ENTER CORP AUTH(O) : .UNITcO STATEi. FISH SNO WILDLIFE SERVICE, WASHINGTON,
3.8.3 Repositioning the Cursor
To move the cursor back up the prompting list during a transaction, type an up
arrow after each prompt you wish to move past and press return. The system
will resume prompting from the last item reached.
To prevent the erasure of previously entered data elements as you move back
down the prompting list, type an equal sign after each prompt containing text
you wish to leave unaltered and press return. The cursor moves down one prompt
for each command issued.
NEW RECORD
ENTER SHELF * : RC930.M46 V. I
ENTER OATE : 1977-1978
ENTeR TITLE : M5TABOLI 30NE DISEASE
ENTER AUTHORS : AVIOLI, LOUIS V.//K3ANE, STEPHEN
ENTER CORP AUTH(C) :
ENTER CORP AUTH(S) :
ENTER ALT TITLE : *
ENTER CORP AUTH(S) : *
ENTER CORP AUTH(O) : *
ENTER AUTHORS : *
ENTER TITLE : METABOLIC BONE DISEASE
ENTER AUTHORS : =
AVIOLI, LOUIS V.//KRANE, STEPHEN M.
3.8.4 Repeating a Prompt
To repeat a prompt for which the data entry will exceed one line, break the
entry at an apropriate point, space if necessary, type a plus sign as the last
non-blank character, and press return. Prompting for the same item will resume
on the next line. You may continue in this manner until the entry is completed,
NEU RECORD
ENTER SHELF » : CLt30.6.L3t
ENTER DATE : 1976
ENTER TITLE : McRCURY ACCUMULATION IN BIVALVES FROM SELECTED AREAS ALONG *
ENTER TITLE : THE GRAND STRAND OF SOUTH CAROLINA
cNTER AUTHORS : LAMBERT, 30 SEMA*Y//JA*0'3Y, WILLIAM 8.//3ENO, JOHN R.// +
ENTER AUTHORS : CALOWELL, JOHN
19
-------
3.8.5 Deleting a Prompt
To temporarily delete an item from the prompting list, type a pound sign after
the prompt and press return. It will be dropped from the list for the duration
of the session. Note that when this command is used, it masks the deleted
field in existing records as well. The contents of the field will not be visible
when records are retrieved through a search transaction, nor will it be apparent
that they have been masked. The prompt and its corresponding field will be re-
established when you sign-off the system.
NEW RECORD
ENTER SLIDE • : C-001'^
ENTER TITLE : GC READOUT
ENTER KEYWORDS : CHEMISTRY
ENTER BORROWER'S NAME : •
ENTER NOTES :
NEW RECORD
ENTER SLIDE * !
ENTER TITLE :
ENTER KEYWORDS
ENTER NOTES :
3.8.6 Incrementing Fields
To sequentially increment a field when entering a group of related records,
type any initial numeral in the appropriate field of the first record. In each
successive record, type an "@" sign after the same prompt and press return.
The system will insert the next number automatically.
NEW RECORD
ENTER SLIDE * : B-003
ENTER TITLE : BIOCHEMIST
NEW RECORD
ENTER SLIDE f
8-004
3.8.7 Duplicating an Entry
To duplicate a data element entered in the proceeding record, type an equal
sign after the appropriate prompt and press return. The system will insert the
contents of the field from the previous record.
20
-------
NEW RECORD
EMTER SLIDE • : 8-001
EMTER TITLE : BIOCHEMIST (PETE SC-IOOR> 1974
EMTER KEYWORDS : 3IOCHENISTRY
NEU RECOR3
EMTER SLIDE i : B-002
EMTER TITLE : BIOIHEMISTRT LAS
EMTER KEYWORDS : *
BIOCHEMISTRY
3.8.8 Advancing to Next Record Input Display
To end a transaction before completion of the prompting 11st and re-format the
screen for the next record, type a right arrow after transmitting your final
entry and press return.
NEU RECORD
EMTER SHELF * : Q180.JSU47
EMTER DATE : 1975
EMTER TITLE : GRA1TS: HOU TO FIND OUT ABDUT THEM
EMTER AUT-IORS : W-*ZTEV VIRGINIA P.
EMTER COR? AUTH(O) : >
NEU RECORD
EMTER SHELF f
The system automatically re-formats the screen for the next record entry at the
end of each Input transaction. To terminate the Input session and return to
the menu, type an asterisk after any Input prompt. Note that transactions
Interrupted by a return to the menu are added to the database as finished
records. You may prevent the Input of a record by returning to the top of the
prompting 11st using the up arrow, moving back down the list by hitting return
to clear the fields, and then entering the asterisk command.
21
-------
3.9 Searching for Records
Before Initiating a search transaction, determine the scope of the search and
Identify the search terms you will use. With this Information, you can compose
a search statement and select the appropriate search option.
Each system menu contains seven search options: Options 1-5 confine a search
to one of five key files, Option 8 searches a concatenation of the key files,
and Option 7 examines the full text of the database. A key file search is the
fastest approach and should be used whenever possible.
A search statement may consist of a single term, a multi-word phrase, a truncated
term or phrase, an imbedded fragment, or a combination of terms in a Boolean
expression. The system recognizes both characters and spaces and looks for an
exact match of each search term. Any variation in spelling, punctuation, or
spacing will preclude a successful search. To initiate a search transaction,
select the desired option number and enter the requested search statement.
1) Enter Option Number(CR)
2) Enter Search Statement(CR).
When the system finds a matching phrase, the record is displayed and followed
with an ENTER ACTION CODE input prompt. To advance to the next record match,
if any, press the return key. You may continue in this manner until the search
is completed, at which time the system will return to the menu display. You
may also terminate the search at any time by entering an asterick command after
an Input prompt.
Records longer than one screen image are scrolled off the top of the screen.
You can temporarily halt scrolling with a command to the operating system.
However, you can not interact with the library system while scrolling is suspended.
1) To halt scrolling, press and hold CTRL while typing [S].
2) To resume scrolling, press and hold CTRL while typing [Q],
3.9.1 Truncated Search Terms
Truncation allows you to a search on a root word or an incomplete phrase. It
broadens a serch by increasing the number of possible hits. It also decreases
the amount of time spent entering a search statement. This feature should be
used carefully, however, as a broadened search can retrieve an excessive number
of irrelevant records.
To truncate a search term, simply break at an appropriate point and press return.
3.9.2 Imbedded Fragment Search Terms
Searching with an imbedded fragment allows you to retrieve variant word forms
and imbedded words. It causes the system to locate every occurrence of a
specific character sequence, regardless of its position in the text. Keep in
mind that this type of search can be time-consuming in a large database.
22
-------
3.9.3 Boolean Expressions
Three Boolean operators are used to combine terms: AND, OR, and NUT. The AND
operator Is Indicated by the ampersand character (&), the OR by a slash (/), and
the NOT by a minus sign prefix (-). These symbols are inserted between search
terms with no spacing Immediately before or after. The AND and OR operators
always connect terms. The NOT operator can be used with a single term, but is
more frequently attached to an AND operator to combine terms. Search terms may
or may not be truncated. Operations are performed from left to right and the
system treats each search term as an imbedded fragment.
The AND operator requires that each uhprefixed ANDed term be present in the
retrieved record(s). For example, the expression CHLOR04METHYL will only
retrieve records containing both the term CHLORO and the term METHYL.
The OR operator requires that at least one of the unprefixed ORed terms be
present in the retrieved record(s). For example, the expression KEPONE/PERMETHRIN
will retrieve records containing either KEPONE or PERMETHRIN as well as records
containing both terms.
The NOT operator requires that each NOT-prefixed term be absent from the
retrieved records(s). It may be used with a single term or attached to an AND
or OR operator to express a relationship between two terms. For example, the
expression KEPONE&-DDT will retrieve all records containing the term KEPONE
except those dealing with DDT. Use this operator carefully as it can eliminate
potentially relevant records which contain the NOTed term in some other context.
More than one operator may be used in a search statement. For example, the
expression KEPONE/PERMETHRINASEDIMENT&-FLORIDA will retrieve every record
containing the terms KEPONE and SEDIMENT, but not FLORIDA as well as every
record containing the terms PERMETHRIN ana SEDIMENT, but not FLORIDA.
NOTE: As a class, the following search capabilities are present in all EPALIT systems.
However, they become increasingly expensive resources as a database increases
in size. Generally the printouts from a database (indices, keyword analyses,
directories, and other reports) are an effective means of retrieval and should
be used whenever possible. If a printout is inadequate or unavailable, the
next approach should be a search of one of the key files (Options 1-5). Key
contents analysis (Option 8) should be reserved for situations requiring an
examination of all the keys, while searching an entire database (Option 7)
should be attempted only as a last resort.
3.9.4 Searching Key Files (Options 1-5)
Key files provide access to database records through designated record
identifiers such as author, title, and subject. Selecting one of the five key
file options initiates a search of the database which is bound by the alpha-
numeric sequence of the corresponding index file.
23
-------
Type [1], [2], [3], [4], or [5](CR).
The system will request that you ENTER FILE NAME. You may respond with any
appropriate search statement or enter an asterisk command to return to the menu,
1) To execute a universal search of the database, simply press return.
This non-selective search will retrieve every record containing an
entry in the chosen file.
ENTER SUBJECT
CTITLE3 HEALTH ASSESSMENT 0,OCUMENT FOR 1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANS (METHYL
CHLOROFORM) CCORP AUTH<0)3 UNITED STATES. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY.
OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT. ENVIRONMENTAL CRITERIA AND ASSESSMENT
OFFICE, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NC C3ATE3 1930 CSHELF O EPA MISC M
CSUBJECTSJ l,l,l-TRICHLORCEThANE//METHYL CHLOROFORM
2) To execute a prefix search with a single term, multi-word phrase, or
truncated term, enter the search statement and press return.
ENTER SUBJECT : MIREX
CTITlcJ EFFECT OF MIR = X AND ClfidOFimn ON ?STUA«IN5 MICROORGANISMS CAUTHORS3
BROWN, LEWIS R.//ALLEY, EdRL C.//C03K, DAVIO W. CCORP AUTHCO)3 MISSISSIPPI
STATE UNIVERSITY CCORP AUTM(S)J UNITED STATES. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY. ENVIRONMENTAL RHSEARCi CENTER, CCRVALLIS, OR COATEJ 1975 CS5RIES3
EPA-660/3-75-02i CSHtLP *1 6PA-660/3-7S-024 CSU3JSCTS1 MIREX//CSRBOFURAN
3) To execute an imbedded fragment search, enter the fragment, type an
equal sign, and press return.
ENTER SUBJECT : CrtLOR=
CTITLE3 RESIDUAL LEVELS OF 2. , 3 , 7, 9-T£ TP 1CHLOROO I8 = NZO-P-OIOXIN (TCDO) NEAR
HERBICIDE STORAGE AND LOAOING AREAS AT eGLI* AFB, CLO
-------
ENTER TITLE/SERIES : =CHLORINtPH:NOLtENVlRQN
CTITLEJ CHLORINATED PHENOLS: CRITERIA FOR ENVIRONMENTS QUALITY CCORP
AUTH<0)3 NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL OF CANADA. ASSOCIATE COMMITTEE CN SCIENTIFI
CRITERIA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY CPUBR3 NKCC/CNRC CPLACE1 OTTAWA
a.00 CScRIESD NRCC NO. 18578 CSH=LF O Q9223.C544 1992 CSUBJECTS3
CHLOROPHENOLS
3.9.5 Searching by Key Contents Analysis (Option 8)
Selecting Option 8 allows you to search a composite of all key files using a
Boolean expression of word fragments. This type of search can be time-consuming
in a large database, but is the only option which allows elements from different
files (author and title) or subfiles (author and corporate author) to be
combined in a logical relationship.
Type [8](CR)
The system will request that you ENTER THE SEARCH PARAMETERS. You may respond
with a Boolean expression of terms you expect to encounter in the key files.
Do not prefix this statement with an equal sign.
Enter Boolean Expression(CR).
ENTER THE ScARCH PARAMETERS -
BROWNtMICROORGANISMC-LCUlSIANi
CTITLE3 DECOMPOSITION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS 3Y M4RIN= ORGANISMS CAUTHORS3
BROWNf SIDNEY 0. CCORP AUTH(0)J TEXAS A & M ?ESEAf?CH FOUNDATION COATE3 1950
CSERIESJ TEXAS A & M RESEARCH FOUNDATION ?ROJ=CT NINE CSrtfLF »3 3L3.T498T
CSUBjcCTSJ MICROORGANISMS
You may also return to the menu by entering an asterisk command after this
prompt.
3.9.6 Searching by Record Fragment (Option 7)
Selecting Option 7 allows you to search the entire content of a database for
the occurrence of a word fragment in any field. This search is executed in the
random order of the database.
Type [7](CR)
The system will request that you ENTER THE RECORD FRAGMENT. You may respond
with any single- or multi-word fragment. Do not suffix the statement with an
equal sign.
25
-------
1) Enter Word Fpayment(CR).
The system will then ask WHICH OF THE 5 KEY SEQUENCES WILL CONTROL THE SEARCH:
(1-5). You should respond with one of the five key file option numbers.
2) Type [1], [2], [3], [4], or [5](CR).
The system will request that you ENTER FILE NAME. You may respond with any
appropriate search statement. Any capabilities described in Section 3.9.4 are
applicable.
3) Enter Search Statement(CR).
?r
ENTER THE RECORO FRAGMENT : CHLORIN: INSTITUTE
WHICH OF THE 5 KEY SEQUENCES WILL CONTROL THE SiASCH (1-5) ? 2
ENTER SUBJECT : eiBLIOGRAPH-
CTITLE3 CHLORINE: SN ANNOTATED S:BLIOG*APHY; A SELECTION o* *ErERENC=s FROM
182* TO 1971 ON THE MEDICAL TJXICOLOG ICAL INDUSTRIAL HYGItNc ANO ENVIRONMENT*!
ASPECTS OP EXPOSURE TO CHLOSINE CAUTHQ3S3 SMIT1, RALPH G. CCORP AUTH(3)1
WAYNE STATE UNIVERSITY, D1T9CIT. OEPT OF OCCUPATIONAL £ ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
CPU8R3 CHLCRINE INSTITUTE CPLACS3 NEW YOSK CCAT5D 1971 CLC «1 72-75536
CSHELF «3 Z78n.C<»5S45 CSU9J:CTS3 CHLORINE — TOXICOLOGY—3I3LIOGRAPMY
You may also return to the menu by entering an asterisk command after the last
input prompt; do not use the asterisk after the first two prompts.
3.9.7 Sequentially Surveying the Database
After retrieving a record, you may cancel the original search criteria and
begin a sequential survey of the database by typing a plus or minus sign after
the ENTER ACTION CODE input prompt and pressing return. Either of these commands
advances you to the next record in the database according to the alphanumeric
sequence of the search file. To move to a specific location in the database,
attach a numeral indicating the distance between the item displayed and the
item sought. This indicator is derived from the number of records between the
two items, plus one. Attaching a numeral to the minus sign also reverses the
direction of the survey. All movement is relative to the location of the last
record retrieved and each new record becomes the reference point form which the
next command issues.
26
-------
CTITLEJ PRINCIPLES OF NUMERICAL TAXONOMY CAUTHORS3 SOKAL, ROBERT R.//
SNEATH, PETER H. A. CPU3R3 W. H. FREEMAN CPLACE3 SAN FRANCISCO. CA
TAXONOMY9" CLC " 63~1391* CSHELF *3 QH83.S6 CSU8JSCTS3 NUMERICAL
ENTER ACTION COO: : -
CTITLEJ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THt MANGROVE LITERATURE. PREPARED FOR THE
INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON BIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT OF MANGROVES. OCTOBER
8-11, 1974, HONOLULU, HI CAUTHORSJ VAN TINE, MELLISA CDATEJ 1975
CSHELF »3 GB625.B4 CSUBJECTSJ SWAMPS—BIBLIOGRAPHY
ENTER ACTION CODE Z -1
CTITLEJ PRINCIPLES OF NUMERICAL TAXONOMY CAUTHORSJ SOKAL. ROBERT R.//
SNcATM, PETER H. A. CPU8RJ W. H. FREEMAN CPLACSJ SAN FRANCISCO. CA
" 63'13914 t$«t*-F *1 QH83.S6 CSUBJECTSJ NUMERICAL
3.10 Modifying Existing Records
Previously entered records can be modified by substituting, adding, or deleting
characters within existing fields, adding new fields, or deleting old fields.
Before initiating a record change, you must retrieve the record using one of
the search options. Review it carefully to ensure it is the record intended
for modification. Two methods are available for modifying individual fields:
input and edit. Modifications should be made in DELAYED POSTING mode for better
response time. However changes made in this mode are not reflected in the key
files until after the database is restructured.
3.10.1 Modifying by Input Method
This method should be used when extensive changes are to be made within an
existing field, a previously empty field is to be added, or a field is to be
deleted. When modifying by this method, it is necessary to enter the complete
version of the data element.
Retrieve and review the record. Following the ENTER ACITON CODE prompt, type
the name of the field you wish to modify and press return. You may call up any
field, regardless of whether or not it currently appears in the record.
1) Enter Field Name(CR).
The system will ask you to ENTER FIELD NAME. You may respond by simply pressing
the return key to delete the field entirely
2) Press (CR)
or by entering a new or modified data element and pressing return.
3) Enter Data Element(CR).
27
-------
Any character entered at this point will be inserted into the field; do not
attempt to return to the menu by typing an asterisk.
If the entry exceeds one line, break at an appropriate point, type a plus sign
as the last non-blank character, and press return. The prompt will be repeated
on the next line.
CTITLE3 HEORY AND PRACTICE IV ex.'ERHENTM. B»CrE?IOL36f CAUTHORS3 M6YM6LL,
GEOFFREY SUY/'MEYIELL* ELINOR CPJBfH CAMJRID5E imVEiSITT PRESS CPLACE3
CAMBRIDGE, ENGLAN3 CJATE3 1965 CPRICED 9.50 CLI f] 65-1435Z CJHELF fj
QR61.X57 CSUSJECm JACTERIOLOGY—-TECHNIQUE
ENTER ACTION COOf : DATE
ENTER DATE : 1975
CTITLEJ HEORY AND PRACTICE IN EX»ERHENTAL B»CTEJIOL3GY CAUFHORSJ MEYMEi.,
GEOFFREY 3UY//MEYMELL. ELINOR CPJBR3 CAM3RIDSE UYIVEtSITf PRESS CPHCEJ
CAMBRIDGE* ENGLAND C3ATE] 1975 [PRICE] 9.50 CL3 43 65-14852 CSHELF >]
QR61.N57 CSUSJECrS] 3ACTERIOLOGV—TECHNIQUE
After your response has been transmitted, the system will display the modified
version of the full record and offer another ENTER ACTION CODE prompt. You may
continue to modify the record or return to the menu with an asterisk command.
3.10.2 Modifying by Edit Method
This method should be used when only minor changes are to be made within existing
fields. Do not use it to add new fields or to delete old ones.
Retrieve and review the record. Following the ENTER ACTION CODE prompt, type a
left arrow, the name of the field you wish to modify, and press return.
1) Enter [<]Field Name(CR).
The system will display the field name and existing data element and ask you to
ENTER EDIT COMAND. To execute an edit command, type C/Comparison Phrase/Replace-
ment Phrase/ and press return. The C is mandatory. The character following
it may be any character not found in either the comparison or replacement
phrases and must be repeated between the two phrases. The trailing delimiter
is optional, but must be the same character. The system inserts the replacement
phrase at the first occurrence of the comparison phrase. Since an extremely
brief character sequence may occur several time within a field, the comparision
phrase must be unique to ensure that the replacement phrase is inserted at the
correct location.
28
-------
2) Enter [C]/Comparison Phrase/Replacement Phrase/(CR).
CTITLE3 THEORY OF SEX ALLOCATION CAUTHORSJ CHARNOV, ERIC L. CPUBR3 PRINCETON
UNIVERSITY CPLACED PRINCETON, NJ COATS] 1982 CPRICE3 9.50 CISBN/ISSN3
0-691-08312-6 CSERIESD MONOGRAPHS IN POPULATION BIOLOGY; VOL. 18 CSHELF *1
QH481.CS 1982 CSUflJECTSD SsX C3IOLOGV)//SEX OIFFER6NCES//SEX ALLOCATION
CdORROUER'S NAME3 DAVIS WILL CPURCHASE ORDER «] 3G6108NBSA
ENTER ACTION CODE :
-------
CTITLE3 AMERICAN LIBRARY DIRECTORY CPUBR3 R.R. BOMKER CPLACE3 NEW YORK
CDATE3 1983 CPRICE3 9T.50 CED3 3*TH CNOTES3 THIS IS KEPT IN THE LIBRARIAN
OFFICE CSHELF «3 Z731.A53 1983 CSU3J=CTS3 LIBRARIES—DIRECTORIES
ENTER ACTION CODE : SHELP *
ENTER SHELF * : -Z731.A53 1983 C.2
CTITLE3 AMERICAN LIBRARY DIRECTORY CPUBR3 R.R. BOUKER CPLACE3 NEW YORK
COATE3 1983 CPRICE3 97.50 CE03 3«TH CNOTES3 THIS IS KEPT IN THE LIBRARIAN
OFFICE CSHELF «3 -Z731.453 1983 C.2 CSUBJECTS3 LIBRARIES—DIRECTORIES
cNTER ACTION CODE : 400
The system will return to the menu display.
3.10.4 NOSAVE Command
You may use this command to instruct the system to disregard all changes just
made to a record. To execute this command, display the modified version of the
full record, type the phrase "NOSAVE" after the ENTER ACTION CODE prompt, and
press return.
CTITLE3 AMERICAN LIBRARY DIRECTORY CPUBR3 R.R. BOMKER CPLACE3 NEW YORK
COATE3 1983 CPRICE3 97.50 Ci03 3*TH CNOTES3 THIS IS KEPT IN THE LIBRARIAN
OFFICE CSHELF *3 Z731.A53 1983 CSUBJECTS3 LI3RARIES—DIRECTORIES
ENTER ACTION CODE : SHELF «
ENTER SHELF « : REF Z731.A53 1983
CTITLE3 AMERICAN LIBRARY DIRECTORY CPUBR3 R.R. 3QWKER CPLACE3 NEW YORK
COAT63 1983 CPRICE3 97.50 CE03 3*TH CNOTES3 THIS IS KSPT IN THE LIBRARIAN
OFFICE CSHELF »1 REF 2731.A53 1983 CSU8JECTS3 LIBRARIES—DIRECTORIES
ENTER ACTION CODE : NOSAVE
CTITLE3 AMERICAN LIBRARY DIRECTORY CPUBR3 R.R. 30WKER CPLACE3 NEW YORK
COATE3 1983 CPRICE3 97.50 Cc03 3*TH CNOTES3 THIS IS KEPT IN THE LIBRARIAN
OFFICE CSHELF »3 Z731.AS3 1983 CSU8JECTS3 LIBRARIES—DIRECTORIES
The system will re-display the original version of the record.
3.11 Listing Key File Data
A variety of commands are used to generate term frequency counts of data
contained in key files. To produce a frequency count, select the desired key
file option and enter one of the following commands.
1) To generate a frequency count of every term in the file, type C?](CR).
In a large database, this will be extremely time-consuming.
30
-------
72
ENTER KEYWORD : ?
THERE ARE 315 KEYS OF THE INDICATES TYPE
MATCHING THE SEARCH CRITERIA ARE :
4 - BIOCHEMISTRY
* - CHEMISTRY
64 - FACILITIES/GROUNDS
46 - FIELD WORK
2) To generate a frequency count of terms entered since the last database
restructure, type [!?](CR).
ENTER AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH. : BROW?
THERE ARE 9993 KEYS OF THE INDICATED TYPE
MATCHING THE ScARCH CRITERIA ARS :
1 - BROUN. ANTHONY WILLIAM ALORIDGE
1 - BROWN, 3RADFQRO E.
1 - BROWN* C. M.
2 - BROWN, CLARA 0.
3) To limit the frequency count by initial term character(s), type
Character(s)[?](CR).
71
ENTER AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH. : B3GW?
THERE ARE 8893 KEYS OF THS INOICAT=0 TY?E
MATCHING TH£ SEARCH CRITERIA ARE :
1 - BROWN, ANTHONY WILLIAM ALJRIOGE
1 - BROUN, 3RAOFCSD E.
1 - BROWN, C. M.
2 - BROWN, CLARA 0.
4) To limit the frequency count by number of term occurrences, type [>]
Numeral[?](CR). The list will contain only those terms occurring more
than Numeral times.
31
-------
71
ENTER AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH. : >5?
THERE ARE 3398 KEYS OF THE INDICATED TYPE
MATCHING THE SEARCH CRITERIA IRE :
9 - ABBOTT, ROBERT TUCKER
6 - ALEXANDER* M.
48 - ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION FOR SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH
5) To generate a frequency count of every occurrence of a specific
character sequence, type [=]Uord Fragment[?](CR).
21
ENTER AUTHOR/CORP.AUTrt. : a
THERE ARE 8972 KEYS OF THE INDICATED TYPE
MATCHING THE SEARCH CRITERIA IRS :
1 - BROWN, ANTHONY WILLIAM 4LORIDGE
1 - BROWN. 3R4QFORO =.
1 - BROWN, C. M.
1 - BROWN, V. K.
2 - OUBROM, OAVIO L.
1 - HftRVEY, ETHcL NICHOLSON (3ROWNE)
1 - TELEDYN: 3ROWN ENGINEERING, H'JNTSVILL:. AL
1 - ZIBROWIUS» HELMUT W.
6) To generate a frequency count of fragments contained in a Boolean
expression, type [=]Boo1ean Expression[?](CR).
71
ENTER AUTHGR/CORP.AUTH. : =8ROWNE£H4RVEY?
THERE ARE 8898 KEYS OF THE INDICATED TYPE
MATCHING THE SEARCH CRITERIA 4R£ :
1 - HARVEY, =THcL NICHOLSON (3ROWNE)
Commands can also be combined in a statement. The syntax for doing this is
always !/=/Character Sequence/>Numeral/?. The ? is mandatory to generate a
frequency count; the other commands are optional, but must be entered in this
order. For example, the expression !=OXID>1? generates a list of all terms
32
-------
entered since the last database restructure which contain the fragment "oxid"
and occur more than once.
ENTER SUBJECT : I=OXIO>1?
THERE ARE 8782 KEYS OF THE INDICATED TYPE
MATCHING THE SEARCH CRITERIA ARE :
3 - OXIDE
3 - OXIOANT
2 - OXIOATIVE
After completing the requested list, the system will return to the menu display,
3.12 Deleting Records
The pound sign is used to permanently delete records from a database. It is
entered following the ENTER ACTION CODE prompt and is effective immediately.
To execute this command, type [#](CR).
CTITLE3 PESTICIDE CHEMISTRY CAUTHORSJ PLIMMER, JACK R. CCORP AUTH(0)3
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY CCATE3 1983 CSHELF *J S8951.P393 1933
ENTER ACTION CODE : *
The system will return to the menu display.
3.13 Signing-off
Two methods are used to sign-off library systems: selecting Option 10 from the
menu or entering an asterisk command at the menu level.
To sign-off, type [10](CR) or [*](CR).
The system will display the following sign-off messages.
JOB467 — STOP
14:40:30 SIZE: 32K CPU: 1:13:05 STATUS: SUCCESS
LOGO
USER LIBRAL UIC C320t30J TT03: 14:40:30 5-J4N-84
CONNECT TIME 09 M SYSTEM UTILIZATION 1*0 MCTS
BYE
USER LOGGED OFF ON 05-JAN-84 AT 14:40:32
SYSTEM UTILIZATION 140 MEGA-COfic-TICKS
CONNECT TIME 0:30
TOTAL SESSION CHARGES So.60
33
-------
4. LIBRARY HOLDINGS SYSTEM
This chapter provides information specific to the Library Holdings System. For
a detailed description of the procedures used to operate all EPALIT library
systems, refer to Chapter 3.
4.1 Content of the Library Holdings System
The Library Holdings System is an on-line catalog of the library's conventional
materials: books, serials, documents, dissertations, etc. Each record in the
system represents a single item in the collection. Records consist of the same
cataloging and classification data found in a standard card catalog as well as
acquisition, circulation, and shelf list information.
Author, title, and subjects indices are produced regularly. The author and
subject indices contain title and shelf number information only. The title
index contains complete bibliographic citations. SEE references are provided
for all alternate titles, conferences, series, and translations. Extraneous
and confidential information, such as purchase order number and borrower name,
is not included. A separate title index to the journal collection is also
generated and includes holdings information.
4.2. Signing-on
The Library Holdings System can be operated in three authorization modes:
FULL, DELAYED POSTING, or RESTRICTED. The sign-on procedure used determines in
which mode the system will operate.
4.2.1 Full Mode
This is the system's standard operating mode. It offers the full range of system
capabilities: record input, retrieval, modification, and deletion. All facets
of a transaction occur interactively and are reflected immediately in both the
record itself and the key files referring to it. Although system response time
may be slow, particularly during modification transactions, this mode must be
used when immediate retrievability is required. To activate the system in FULL
mode, enter the following sequence of identification codes.
[LIBR](CR)
Password(CR)
Account ID(CR)
L^LIBRALJ(CR)
[LBALjTerminal ID(CR)*
Terminal Type(CR)**
4.2.2 DELAYED POSTING Mode
This mode was developed to offer the same capabilities as FULL mode, but with
improved system response time as the posting of input and modification
transactions to key files is delayed until the database is restructured. This
mode should not be used when immediate retrievability is required. To activate
the system in DELAYED POSTING mode, enter the following sequence of identifica-
tion codes.
34
-------
[LIBRAL](CR)
Password(CR)
[ERLGA3J(CR)
[@LIBRAL](CR)
[SPDYjTerminal ID(CR)*
Terminal Type(CR)**
4.2.3 RESTRICTED Mode
This mode is reserved for patron use. It allows record retrieval, but does not
permit any input, modification, or deletion of database content. Search
transactions are limited to the author, subject, title, shelf number, and
composite key files. The borrower name file is closed and all borrower
information is suppressed when records are displayed. The full text of the
database is not available for searching. To activate the system in RESTRICTED
mode, enter the following sequence of identification codes.
[LIBR](CR)
Password(CR)
[ERLGA3J(CR)
[eLIBR](CR)
[LIBR]Terminal ID(CR)*
Terminal Type(CR)**
* = two character numeric code displayed to the screen during sign-on.
** = one character numeric code indicating the type of terminal being used:
hardcopy terminal [2], DEC VT52 [1], or generic scrolling device [0],
4.3 System Menu
When the Library Holdings System is activated in FULL or DELAYED POSTING modes,
the following option menu is displayed.
LIBRARY HOLDINGS SYSTEM
00 YOU WISH TO
SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT BY:
Oi: AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH.
02: SUBJECT
03: TITLE/SERIES
0*: BORROWER'S NAME
05: SHELF *
OR
06: ADO A DOCUMENT TO THE SYSTEM
07: SEARCH 8Y RECORD FRAGMENT
08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
09:
10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
When it is activated in RESTRICTED mode, an edited version of the menu is offered,
LIBRARY HOLDINGS SYSTEM
00 YOU WISH TO
SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT BY:
OR
AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH.
SUBJECT
TITLE/SERIES
01
02
03
Ot:
os: CALL *
06:
OT:
08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
09:
10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
35
-------
Transactions should be Initiated, executed, and terminated using the procedures
described In Chapter 3.
4.4 Item Record
A record 1n the Library Holdings System currently consists of twenty-one
Information fields. A field may contain a single data element, multiple
elements of equal value, or it may be void. To ensure retr1evab111ty, it Is
Important to complete as many fields as are applicable, particularly those
contained In key files. The basic characteristics of each field, including
search status and entry format, are described below. Unless otherwise Indicated,
closing punctuation is always omitted when entering data.
*** = key field
4.4.1 SHELF »***
The shelf number field contains the item's Library of Congress classification
number or some other standard identification code, such as an EPA report number
or locally assigned Identifier. This field is directly searchable under Key
File 5.
ENTER SHELF
ENTER SHELF
ENTER SHELF
ENTER SHELF
ENTER SHELF
ENTER SHELF
ON ORDER 83-12-08
GC111.2.R542
PcRIOOICALX
DCS CONF-811060-1
DISSERTATION ABLE
EPA-600/3-79-086
4.4.2 DATE
This field contains the item's copyright date or date of publication.
not directly searchable.
It is
ENTER DATE : 1983
ENTER DATE : 1969-1970
4.4.3 TITLE***
This field contains the item's full title, exclusive of all initial articles
(A, An, The). Internal punctuation and spacing should be duplicated. The
title field can be searched directly under Key File 3.
ENTER TITLE : COMMERCIAL SHRIMPS OF THE NORTHEAST COAST OF FLORIDA
ENTER TITLE : DEVELOPMENTS IN MARINE 8IOLOGYS V. 2
ENTER TITLE : EFFECTIVE WRITING FOR ENGINEERS - MANAGERS - SCIENTISTS
ENTER TITLE : INITIAL SCIENTIFIC AND MINIECONOMIC REVIEW: PROPANIL
36
-------
4.4.4 AUTHORS***
This field contains the names of all personal authors or editors. Multiple
names should be entered in citation order, primary author first, with double
slash marks separating each full name. Entry format is last name, comma, space,
first name, space, middle initial, period or some logical variation. Periods
are typed after all initials and abbreviations, but not after names. This
field can be searched directly under Key File 1.
ENTER AUTHORS : NERRIHAN, DANIEL
ENTER AUTHORS : FARRELL* DOUGLAS H.
ENTER AUTHORS : UlNGEt R. K.//PETERSON, V. J.//FASSSLt V. A.
ENTER AUTHORS : BOOKHOUT, CAZLYN GREER//COSTLOW, JOHN 0., JR.
4.4.5 CORP AUTH(U)***
This field contains the names of all organizations responsible for the authorship
of an item. Names should be entered in citation order with double slash marks
separating multiple entries. All internal punctuation and spacing should be
duplicated. This field is directly searchable under Key File 1.
ENTER CORP AUTH(O) : UNITED STATES. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
4.4.6 CORP AUTH(S)***
This field contains the name of an item's sponsoring agency. All Internal
punctuation and spacing should be duplicated. This field is directly searchable
under Key File 1.
ENTER CORP AUTHCS) : ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION FOR SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH
4.4.7 ALT TITLE***
This field contains the item's alternate title. Initial articles should be
omitted. It can be searched directly under Key File 3.
ENTER ALT TITLE : NOAA TECHNICAL REPORT NMFS SSRF-742
4.4.8 SERIES***
This field contains the item's series statement. It is directly searchable
under Key File 3.
ENTER SERIES : PESTICIDE STUOT SERIES; NO. 10
37
-------
4.4.9 NOTES
This field contains information which in some way describes the item or
facilitates its use. Its discrete elelments should be punctuated with closing
periods. This field can not be searched directly.
ENTER NOTES
ESTER NOTES
ENTER NOTES
ENTER NOTES
ENTER NOTES
ENTER NOTES
ENTER NOTES
ENTER NOTES
LIBRARY HAS VOLS. 7-12 U97*-19m 3N MIC30=HM
LIB3A3Y HAS VOLS. 112
ECO.OGI:AL DISCJSSIDN OF THE SPDNSES QF BERMUDA
THIS IS LOCATED IN THE -4ICR3FICHE CJBINET
ANN3TATED PrlYLETIC ;ATA'_OGUE AN) 8ULIOJRAP1Y: ». 2)3-5)6
LIBRARY HAS UP04TE ISSUES ON .IKROFICHE
LIBRARY HAS 2 CDPIES
THIS IS H3USEO IN TIE ATLAS STA<40
***
4.4.10 SUBJECTS
This field contains all subject headings assigned to an item. Multiple entries
should be separated with double slash marks. Subject headings are directly
searchable under Key File 2.
ENTER SUBJECTS : 'HNTS, 3RNA>4ENT4L —NORT H CAROLINA
ENTER SUBJECTS : »GUA:ULTJRt
ENTER SUBJECTS : 'ROC ESSI3AE//SHR IMPS — AT.A.NT tC OIEAN
EMTER SUBJECTS : ECOL 3GY--MAT-1EMA TICAL MO 3ELS'/ELECTR3NIC DAT* PRJCESSIMG
4.4.11 PUBR
This field contains the name of an item's publishing agency. It can not be
searched directly.
ENTER PUBS : ACADEMIC PRESS
ENTER PUB? : JNIT;0 STATES PHlRMAlQPEIAL :ONV:NfI3Ni INC
4.4.12 PLACE
This field contains the city and state address of the publishing agency. It
can not be searched directly.
ENTER PLA3E : RJC
-------
4.4.14 ISBN/ISSN
This field contains the item's International Standard Book or Serial Number.
It is not directly searchable and does not appear in the printed indices.
ENTER ISBN/ISSN : 0-8352-1358-7
4.4.15 LC »
This field contains the item's Library of Congress card number. It can not be
searched directly and does not appear in the printed indices.
ENTER LC * : 33-3581
4.4.16 E£
This field contains the item's edition statement. It is not directly searchable,
ENTER EO : 34TH
4.4.17 PURCHASE ORDER
This field contains the item's purchase order number. It is not directly
searchable and does not appear in the printed indices.
ENTER PURCHASE ORDER * : *G798*NASA
4.4.18 STATUS
This field is not part of the initial prompting list for creating a record, but
can be added to an existing record with the input modification procedure
described in Section 3.10.1. It is used to indicate that an item is missing
from the collection. It is not directly searchable.
ENTER STATUS : HISSING
4.4.19 BORROWER'S NAME***
This field is added to an existing record through the Circulation Subsystem.
Its contents are not available for searching or viewing when the system is in
RESTRICTED mode, but can be searched directly under Key File 4 in FULL and
DELAYED POSTING modes. Borrower information does not appear in the printed
indices.
39
-------
4.4.20 STATUS CODE
This field is added to an existing record through the Circulation Subsystem.
It is used to indicate borrower status. It is not directly searchable and does
not appear in records retrieved through the Library Holdings System or in the
printed indices.
4.4.21 CHECK-OUT DATE
This field is added to an existing record through the Circulation Subsystem.
It is not directly searchable and does not appear in records retrieved through
the Library Holdings System or in the printed indices.
4.5 Record Input
When Option 6 is selected from the menu, the system displays the following
input prompts. The procedures described in Section 3.8 and the constraints
implied by the field descriptions in Section 4.4 should be used to complete
this prompting list.
NEW RECORD
ENTER SHELF * :
ENTER DATE :
ENTER TITLE :
ENTER AUTHORS :
ENTER CORP AUTH(O) :
ENTER CORP AUTH(S) :
ENTER ALT TITLE :
ENTER SERIES :
ENTER NOTES :
ENTER SUBJECTS :
ENTER PU8R :
ENTER PLACE :
ENTER PRICE :
ENTER ISBN/ISSN :
ENTER LC « :
ENTER EO :
ENTER PURCHASE ORDER *
As items are ordered, preliminary records are added to the system. These
records are usually incomplete, containing only title, author, publisher, date,
price, purchase order number, notes, and a temporary shelf number. The shelf
number consists of the prefix "ON ORDER" followed by the order date in YY-MM-OD
format. It is used to generate acquisition reports in date of order sequence.
These preliminary records appear in both the title and author indices, interfiled
with the regular entries. They are completed as items are received and processed.
4.6 Sample Records
The following samples represent records available in the Library Holdings
System. They illustrate the format in which data elements are entered and
displayed on-line. When reports are generated, the system re-formats these
records to comply with standard citation guidelines or some other criteria.
40
-------
4.6.1 Item on Order
CTITLEJ DRILLING DISCHARGES IN THS MARINE ENVIRONMENT CCORP AUTN(0)1
NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL (U.S.) CPU8R3 NATIONAL ACADEMY PRESS CPLACEJ
WASHINGTON, OC COATE3 1983 CPRICED 14.95 CSHELF »3 ON ORDER 83-12-08
4.6.2 Book
CTITLEJ SYSTEMATICS AND EVOLUTION OF THE MOINIOAE CAUTHORS3 GOULOEN,
CLYDE E. CPUBRJ AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY CPLACE1 PHILADELPHIA* PA
COATEJ 1968 [PRICE! 1.50 CLC O 68-54558 CSERIES3 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL
SOCIETY* PHILADELPHIA. TRANSACTIONS, NEU SER.« V. 58, PT. 6 CSHELF <3
Q11.GT3 CSUBJECTS3 MOINIOAE//MOINA
4.6.3 Journal
CTITLEJ AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS CPU8RJ INDUSTRY PU6. INC CPL*CE3 CEDAR
GROVE, NJ COATE3 1946, VOL. 1— CIS8N/ISSND 0096-6681 CNOTESJ LIBRARY HAS
VOL. 15 (1960) TO VOL. 27 (1972) ON MICROFILM; VOL. 28 (1973) IS PAPER COPY.
THE TITLE CHANGED TO FARM CHEMICALS. SEE LISTING UNDER FARM CHEMICALS FOR
ADDITIONAL HOLDINGS CSHELF »J PERIOOICALX
4.6.4 Document
CTITLE3 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY RESEARCH: FIRST ANNUAL REPORT CAUTHORSJ
LERMAN, SHIMSHQN, ET AL CCORP AUTH(0)D UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, IRVINE
CCORP AUTH(S)J UNITED STATES. AEROSPACE MEDICAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, WRIGHT-
PATTERSON AIR FORCE BASE, OH CPUBR] NTIS CPLACEJ SPRINGFIELD, VA COATE3
1975 CISBN/ISSN3 AO-A011 558 CS5RIES3 AMRL-TR-74-82 CSHELF *3 DCS AD-A011
558 CSUBJECTS3 RJ 4//RJ 5//JP 4
4.6.5 Dissertation
CTITLEJ SOME FACTORS INFLUENCING PENETRATION INTO RIVERS BY FISHES OF THE
GENUS YPRINOOON CAUTHORS3 MARTIN, FLOYD DOUGLAS CCORP AUTH(0)3 UNIVERSITY
OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN CPUBR3 UNIVERSITY MICROFILMS CPLACE3 ANN ARBOR, MI
COATED 1968 CSHSLF »3 DISSERTATION MARTIN CSUBJECTS3 KILLIFISHES
4.6.6 EPA Report
CTITLEJ REVIEWS OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF POLLUTANTS: III. CHROMIUM
[AUTHORS} TOHILL, LEIGH E., ET AL CCORP AUTH(O)} OAK RIDGE NATIONAL
LABORATORY, OAK RIOGE* TN CCORP AUTH(S)3 UNITED STATES. ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION AGENCY, CINCINNATI, OH COATE3 1977 CSERIESJ EPA-600/1-78-023
CSHELF «3 EPA-600/1-79-023 CSUBJECTS3 CHROMIUM
41
-------
4.7 Sample Searches
Records can be retrieved from the Library Holdings System using any of the
methods described in Section 3.9. The following samples illustrate how various
types of searches might be executed.
4.7.1 Key File Searches
Designated key fields can be searched directly through the system's five key
file options. Searches should be executed by selecting the appropriate option
number from the menu and entering the requested search statement.
Truncated Multi-Word Prefix Search in the AUTHOR/CORP. AUTH. File
ENTER AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH. : MARTIN MARIET
CTXTLE3 ENVIRONMENTAL ATLAS CF THE POTONflC ESTUARY CAUTHORS3 LIPPSON, ALICE
J.t ET AL CCORP AUTHCO>3 MARTIN MARIETTA CORPORATION. ENVIRONMENTAL
CENTER//MARYLANO. POWER PLANT SITING PROGRAM COATE3 1979 CPRICE3 19.00
CSHELP i3 G1247.P6D1M3 1979 CSUBJECTS3 POTOMAC RIVER ESTUARY—MAPS//
ESTUARXNE ECOLOGY — POTOMAC RIVER 5STUARY//LAND USE—PLANNING—POTOMAC RIVER
Record Fragment Search in the SUBJECTS File
ENTER SUBJECT : PHEN-
CTITLE3 AMBIENT MATER QUALITY CRITERIA FOR 2,4-OlMSTHYLPHENOL CCORP AUTH(0>3
UNITED STATES. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY. OFFICE OF MATER REGULATIONS
AND STANDARDS COATE3 1980 CSERIES3 EPA-440/S-80-044 CSHELF *3 EPA-440/
5-80-044 CSUBJECTS3 2f4-OIMETMYLPHENOL//MATER QUALITY CRITERIA—2,4-
OIMETHVLPHENOL
Boolean Search in the TITLE/SERIES File
ENTER TITLE/SERIES i »CARCINOGENtONA
CTITLE3 CHEMICAL CARCINOGENS ANO ONA CAUTHORS3 GROVERt PHILIP L. CPUBR3
CRC PRESSt INC CPLACE3 BOCA RATON. FL COATEJ 1979 CPRICE] 76.SO CISSN/
ISSN] 0-8493-5303-3 CNOTES1 2 VOLS. CSHSLF «D RC268.6.C49 VOL. I
CSUBJECTS3 CARCINOGENS//OEOXYRI30NUCLEIC ACIO CBORROMER'S NAME] SCHQOR M I
CPURCHASE ORDER »1 3G5534NBSA
Multi-Word Prefix Search in the BORROWER'S NAME File
ENTER BORRQMER'S NAME : OUKE TOM
CTITLE3 ACIO RAIN BIBLIOGRAPHY CAUTHQRS3 SAYERSt CHARLENE S. CCORP AUTH(0)J
UNITED STATES. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY, OFFICE OF LIBRARY SYSTEMS
ANO SERVICES* WASHINGTON, DC COATEJ 1982 CSERIES3 EPA-840/82-019 CSHELF *3
EPA-840/82-019 CSU6JECTS3 ACID RAIN—BIBLIOGRAPHY CBORROMER'S NAME?
OUKE TOM
42
-------
Single Uord Prefix Search in the SHELF I File
ENTER SHELF « : RA1270.P4E34
CTITLE3 EFFECTS OF CHRONIC EXPOSURES TO PESTICIDES ON ANIMAL SYSTEMS
CAUTHORS3 CHAMBERS, JANICE E.//YAR8ROUGH, JAMES 0. CPUBR3 RAVEN PRESS
CPLACEJ NEW YORK COATE1 1982 CPRICE3 5S.OO CISBN/ISSNJ 0-89004-756-1
CLC «3 81-40894 CSHELF O RA1270.P4E34 CSU8J5CTS3 PESTICIDES—TOXICOLOGY
CBORROWER'S NAME] MCKENNEV CHUCK
4.7.2 Key Contents Analysis Search
This type of search allows you to examine a concatenation of the five key files
using a Boolean expression qf word fragments you expect to encounter in different
files or subfiles. It is extremely time-consuming in the Library Holdings
System due to the size of the database. To execute this search, select Option
8 from the menu and enter the requested search statement.
78
ENTER THE SEARCH PARAMETERS -
BROWNtMICROORGANISMt-LOUJSIANA
CTITLE2 DECOMPOSITION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS BY MARINE MICROORGANISMS
CAUTHORS3 BROWNt SIDNEY 0. CCORP AUTHCO)J TEXAS A £ M RESEARCH FOUNDATION
COATEJ 1950 CSERIES3 TEXAS ACM RESEARCH FOUNDATION PROJECT NINE CSHELF
*J QL3.T49B7 CSU8J6CTSJ MICROORGANISMS
4.7.3 Record Fragment Search
This type of search allows you to examine the full text of the database for the
occurrence of a specific character sequence. It is controlled by one of the
five key files. It is executed by selecting Option 7 from the menu and entering
the requested search statements.
?7
ENTER THE RECORD FRAGMENT : ENZYME
WHICH QF THE 5 KEY SEQUENCES WILL CONTROL THE SEARCH Cl-5) 71
ENTER AUTHOR/CORP.AUTH. : QUASTEL
CTITLEJ METABOLIC INHIBITORS; A COMPREHENSIVE TREATISE CAUTHORS3 HOCHSTERt
R. M.//QUASTEL, JUOA HIRSCH CPUBR3 ACADEMIC PRESS CPLACE1 NEW YORK COATE3
1963 CPRICE3 78.00 CLC «3 63-12924 REV CSHcLF «D QP601.H6S VOL. 2
CSUBJECTS3 ENZYME INHIBITORS
43
-------
4.8 Signing-off
To exit the Library Holdings System, select Option 10 from the system menu or
enter an asterisk command at the menu level. The session will be terminated
and the system will display a sign-off message.
4.9 Circulation Subsystem
The Circulation Subsystem is used to add the following information to records
in the Library Holdings System: borrower's name, status, and check-out date.
It maintains a current file of items in circulation based on this information.
Printouts listing circulating items by title and borrower are produced regularly.
Reports on individual borrowers are generated as needed. A comprehensive
circulation profile is also available for every item in the collection. It
includes the names of all borrowers, the dates checked out and in, and the
number of times circulated.
4.9.1 Signing-on
The Circulation Subsystem operates in a DELAYED POSTING mode. To sign-on,
enter the following sequence of identification codes.
[CIRCAL](CR)
Password(CR)
[ERLGA3J(CR)
[@CIRC](CR)
4.9.2 Record Retrieval
The Circulation Subsystem is not menu-driven. Following sign-on, it immediately
requests that you ENTER THE SHELF NUMBER. To retrieve a specific record, the
shelf number must be entered exactly as it appears in the Library Holdings
System. A nonspecific search term may retrieve multiple records.
ENTER THE SHELF NUMBER - Q11.673
4.9.3 Record Display
Records retrieved from the Library Holdings System display only information
which is pertinent to the circulation function. For items not currently in
circulation, this information consists of the shelf number, title, and author
fields.
LIBRARY HOLDING
SHELF NUMBER - Q01.A35S NO. 104
PESTICIDES IDENTIFICATION AT THE RESIDUE LEVEL: A SYMPOSIUM
BIROSt FRANCIS J.
00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) CR RETURN(l) THE BOOK ?
44
-------
For circulating items, borrower information is also displayed.
LIBRARY HOLDING
SHELF NUMBER - QH1.P27
DIATOMS OF THE UNITED STATES* EXCLUSIVE OF ALASKA AND HAWAII
PATRICK, RUTH
REIMERt CHARLES M.
CLARK JIM
0
82-04-06
00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURN(l) THE 300K ?
4.9.4 Item Check-out
To indicate that an item has been checked-out, select Option 0 and enter the
requested data. Borrower name is entered in last name, space, first name
format. Status code has been designated 0 for all laboratory personnel and 1
for all interlibrary loans. Check-out date is entered in YY-MM-DD format.
This information is added to the record and the ENTER THE SHELF NUMBER prompt
is repeated. The system will not accept a response of 0 when the item retrieved
is already checked-out.
00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURNC1) THE 900K ? 0
ENTER THE BORROWER'S NAME - CLARK JIM
ENTER THE BORROWER'S STATUS CODE - 0
ENTER THE CHECK-OUT DATE - 83-12-08
4.9.5 Item Check-In
To indicate that an item has been returned, select Option 1. All borrower
information is removed from view, but is preserved as part of the item's
circulation profile. The system will not allow you to check-in an item that is
not currently in circulation.
00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURNC1) THE 900K ? 1
4.9.6 Requesting Circulation Profile
Although the system does not display this option, you may view an item's
circulation profile by entering a 2 in response to the check-out/in prompt. If
the item has never been checked out and no profile exists, the system will
simply repeat the prompt. If the item has circulated, the system will display
the names of all borrowers, the dates checked out and in, and the number of
times the item has circulated. The check-out/in prompt will then be repeated.
45
-------
DO rOU WISH TO CHECK-OUT(O) OR RETURNC1) THg BOOK ? 2
LEFCOURT PAUL
0
33-06-09
12-14-83
4.9.7 Advancing Through/Exiting the Circulation Subsystem
The asterisk command should be used to return to the ENTER THE SHELF NUMBER
prompt from a record display.and to exit the system entirely.
00 YOU WISH TO CMSCK-OUTCO) CR RETURN<1> THE 300K ? *
ENTER THE SHELF NUMBER - *
09:51254 SIZE: 28K CPU: 0.93 STATUS: SUCCESS
LOGO
USER CXRC UIC C320.303 TT03: 09:51:54 19-JAN-8*
CONNECT TIME 00 M SYSTEM UTILIZATION 2 MCTS
BYE
USER LOGGED OFF ON 19-JAN-84 AT 09:51:59
SYSTEM UTILIZATIB'4 2 NcGA-CORS-TICKS
CONNECT TIME 0:01
TOTAL SESSION CHARGES SO.10
46
-------
5. CONTRIBUTION SYSTEM (IN-HOUSE/EXTRAMURAL PUBLICATIONS)
This chapter provides Information specific to the Contribution System. For an
explanation of the procedures used to operate all EPALIT library systems, refer
to chapter 3.
5.1 Content of the Contribution System
The Contribution System is an on-line catalog of all of the laboratory's in-
house and extramural research reports. It contains journal articles, book
chapters, EPA reports, project summaries, conference proceedings, published
abstracts, speeches, and all other laboratory sponsored publications. It also
includes reports produced for laboratory use only and items still in preparation
or in press. Each record in the system represents a single item in the collection
and consists of a bibliographic citation, various identification numbers, and, when
available, an abstract. Directories, index reports, and keyword analytical
reports are produced from this system.
Directories are generated for public distribution and are the most formal
product of the Contribution System. They range in content from a cumulative
listing of every item in the collection to a selective listing of publications
chosen on the basis of individual author, grant number, etc. Records are
arranged in standard citation format and may or may not contain abstracts. The
contribution number is provided, but all other identification numbers are
omitted. Citations are usually grouped by publication year and/or primary
author, but may be organized in any significant alphanumeric sequence. There
can also be multiple levels of organization in a directory; for example,
citations may be grouped by publication year and then by primary author within
each year. Citations are usually indexed by author and title keyword with
additional indices provided as needed. Abstracts can be indexed if comprehensive
subject retrieval is desired; it is not necessary that abstracts actually appear
in the directory in order to produce this index. Directory pages are numbered
and a table of contents issued to facilitate usage. Several methods are used
to retrieve records for inclusion in a directory. General listings are compiled
and arranged by publication year. Post-1970 publications must be retrieved by
individual year; pre-1970 publications can be retrieved in a block using the
character code "@". Special interest directories are derived from keyword
analyses of such critical fields as author, grant number, and title or manually
compiled using a list of terms with record identifiers.
Nine routine index reports are produced for in-house use: author, title,
journal, publication year, contribution number, grant number, laboratory project
number, EPA report number, and CAS registry number. Each index contains
citations and identification numbers, but abstracts appear in the title index
only. In addition to these routine reports, special indices to database
subsets can also be generated. These subsets are defined by any term or
combination of terms located in a key file. Indices are arranged in the
alphanumeric sequence of the key file in which they are produced.
Keyword analysis is used to generate a number of reports from the Contribution
System. Briefly, these analytical reports derive from the system's ability to
extract terms from the database and to determine their significance on the
basis of pre-established criteria. An identification field, in this case
(March 1984)
47
-------
contribution number, is usually named to relate terms to the records from which
they are extracted. Analyses may be run against complete records or only a
certain field or fields, against the entire database or specific subsets.
Fields selected for analysis are stripped of all syntax and the remaining terms
compared to either a stop-list of trivial terms of a go-list of nontrivial
terms. Five report formats are available: term frequency count, term with
record identifier, keyword-in-context, keyword-out-of-context, and sentence
ranking. In the Contribution System, analyses are run in the title and/or
abstract fields because these exhibit the highest ratio of nontrivial to trivial
terms. Three routine reports are generated from analyses of these fields. A
term frequency count used primarily as a source of initial input to the thesaurus
database; a list of terms with record indentifiers used to locate spelling
errors, to determine collection depth in specific subject areas, to compile
special interest directories, and to develop stop- and go-lists to drive other
analyses; a keyword-out-of-context index used as a subject guide to the
collection. Special reports generated from defined database subsets include an
abstract concordance which displays a full paragraph of surrounding text and a
sentence ranking report which lists sentences in either descending or ascending
order of significance. The abstract concordance provides exhaustive indexing
of the selected record set and is also used to determine the context of term
usage among related publications. The sentence ranking report is the result of
an evaluation of sentences in the abstract field using four objective measures:
aggregate character length of nontrivial terms, aggregate character length of
all terms, number of nontrivial terms, and sentence position. It can be used
to summarize the essential content of a group of publications (descending
order) or to edit extraneous material (ascending order). The concept of keyword
analysis is treated more fully in Section 2.5.
5.2. Signing-on
The Contribution System operates in two authorization modes: FULL and DELAYED
POSTING. The sign-on procedure used determines in which mode the system will
operate.
5.2.1 FULL Mode
This is the system's standard operating mode. It offers the full range of
system capabilities: record input, retrieval, modification, and deletion. All
facets of a transaction occur interactively and are immediately posted to the
record and the key files. Although system response time may be slow, particularly
during modification transactions, this mode must be used when immediate
retrievability is required. To activate the system in FULL mode, enter the
following sequence of identification codes.
[ERL6](CR)
Password(CR)
Account ID(CR)
[(3UORKJ(CR)
[ERLGjTerminal ID(CR)*
Terminal Type(CR)**
48
-------
b.2.2 DELAYED POSTING Mode
This mode was developed to offer the same capabilities as FULL mode, but with
improved system response time. Because input and modification transactions are
not posted to the key files until the database is restructured, this mode should
not be used when immediate retrievability is required. To activate the system
in DELAYED POSTING mode, enter the following sequence of identification codes.
[ERLGAL](CR)
Password(CR)
[ERLGA3J(CR)
[C€RLG](CR)
[ERLGTTerminal ID(CR)*
Terminal Type(CR)**
* = two character numeric code displayed to the screen during sign-on.
** = one character numeric code indicating the type of terminal being used:
hardcopy [2], DEC VT52 [1], or generic scrolling device [0].
5.3 System Menu
The following option menu is displayed when the system is activated in either
FULL or DELAYED POSTING mode.
ERLGB CONTRIBUTION SYSTEM
00 YOU WISH TO
SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT 8Y:
OR
01: AUTHOR/YEAR 06: ADO A DOCUMENT TO THE FILE
02: EPA REPORT NO/PROJECT NO/CAS NO 07! SEARCH BY RECORD FRAGMENT
03: TITLE 08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
04: GRANT NO/JOURNAL/ORAFT 10 * 09:
05: CONTRIBUTION NO 10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
Transactions should be initiated, executed, and terminated using the procedures
described in Chapter 3.
5.4 Item Record
A record in the Contribution System is currently composed of twenty information
fields. A field may contain a single data element, multiple elements of equal
value, or it may be void. To ensure retrievability, complete as many fields as
are applicable, particularly those contained in key files. The basic
characteristics of each field, including entry format and search status, are
given below. Unless otherwise indicated, always omit closing punctuation when
entering data.
*** = key field
5.4.1 AUTHOR***
This field contains the names of all personal or corporate authors. Entry
format is last name, comma, space, first name, space, middle initial, period
49
-------
or some logical variation. Periods should be typed after all initials and
abbreviations, but not after names. Multiple names should be entered in
citation order, primary author first, with double slash marks separating each
full name. This field can be searched directly under Key File 1.
ENTER AUTHOR
ENTER AUTHOR
ENTER AUTHOR
ENTER AUTHOR
COUCH, JOHN
MONTI, C.//O'NEILL, E.//AHEARN, 0.
BURTON, DENNIS T.//ROSENK»ANZ, ANN
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, GULF BREEZE* CONTRIBUTOR
5.4.2 TITLE***
This field contains the item's complete title, exclusive of all initial articles
(A, An, The, etc.). Internal punctuation and spacing should be duplicated.
This field can be searched directly under Key File 3.
ENTER TITLE : OEPER LABORATORY QUARTERLY REPORT, JULY 193? (UNPUBLISHED)
ENTER TITLE : SAND FILTRATION/ACTIVATED CARBON TREATMENT SYSTEM
ENTER TITLE : OBSERVATIONS OF BACTERIA IN CONTINUOUS CULTURE (ABSTRACT)
ENTER TITLS : KEPONE: EFFECTS ON SHEEPSHEAO MINNOWS (CYPRINOOON VARIEGATUS)
5.4.3 JOURNAL***
This field contains the title of the journal in which an item appeared. The
title may be abbreviated using any standard source, but closing punctuation
should be omitted. The journal field is directly searchable under Key File 4.
ENTER JOURNAL
ENTER JOURNAL
J. BACTERIOL •
APPL. ENVIRON. MICR03IOL
5.4.4 YR***
This field indicates the year in which an item was published.
searched directly under Key File 1.
It can be
ENTER YR : 1972
ENTER VR : IN PRESS
5.4.5 VOL
This field contains the volume number of the journal in which an item appeared.
It is not directly searchable.
ENTER VOL : 71A
50
-------
5.4.6 ISSUE
This field contains the issue number of the journal in which an item appeared.
It is not directly searchable.
ENTER ISSUE :
5.4.7 PAGE NO
This field indicates the number of pages in an item. For publications within
publications, enter a range of pages. For separately published items, enter
the total number of pages followed by a space and the letter "P". This field
is not directly searchable.
ENTER PAGE NO : 591-598
ENTER PAGE NO : 15 P
5.4.8 EDITOR
This field contains the names of all editors. Entry format is first name,
space, middle initial, period, space, last name or some logical variation.
Multiple names should be entered as they appear on the item; do not separate
with slash marks. This field is not directly searchable.
ENTER EDITOR : J.O. MCKINNSY
ENTER EDITOR : ROBERT 1. JOLLEY, WILLIAM A. 9RUNGS, AND ROBERT B. CUNNING
5.4.9 TITLE1***
This field contains the full title of the book or proceedings in which an item
appeared. Initial articles should be omitted and all internal punctuation and
spacing duplicated. This field can be searched directly under Key File 3, but
is not indexed in the printed reports.
ENTER TITLE1 : ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH CHEMISTRY
ENTER TITLE1 : PROCEEDINGS OF THE BLUE CRAB COLLOQUIUM, BZLOXI, MISSISSIPPI
5.4.10 PUBLISHER
This field contains the name of the publishing agency and the place of
publication. It is not directly searchable.
ENTER PUBLISHER : ACADEMIC PRESS, NEW YORK, NY
51
-------
***
5.4.11 CONTRIBUTION NO
This field contains the number assigned to an item as it is accessioned. It is
directly searchable under Key File 5.
ENTER CONTRIBUTION NO : 4+3
ENTER CONTRIBUTION NO : X307
ENTER CONTRIBUTION NO : 170*
5.4.12 GRANT NO***
This field contains the grant number(s) assigned to an item to indicate finan-
cial support by another agency. Multiple numbers should be separated by double
slash marks. This field can be searched directly under Key File 4.
ENTER GRANT NO : R803U1
ENTER GRANT NO : NCI//R804527
ENTER GRANT NO : CR807102//CR806143
5.4.13 LAB PROJECT NO***
This field contains the control number(s) assigned to an item to identify the
research project(s) under which it was prepared. Multiple numbers should be
separated by double slash marks. This field is directly searchable under Key
File 2.
ENTER LAB PROJECT NO : Q030
ENTER LAB PROJECT NO : Q025//C225
5.4.14 EPA REPORT NO***
This field contains the number assigned to an item published as an EPA report.
It is directly searchable under Key File 2.
ENTER sPA REPORT NO : EPA-600/S-80-019
ENTER EPA REPORT NO ! 5PA-600/3-79-111
52
-------
5.4.15 ABSTRACT
This field contains the abstract which accompanies an item. It is not directly
searchable.
ENTER ABSTRACT : CLOSED CULTURE EXPERIMENTS SHOWED THAT THE ABILITY OF AN *
ENTER ABSTRACT : ESTUARINE CHEMOLITHQTROPHIC AMMONIUM-OXIOIZER, NITROSOMONAS *
ENTER ABSTRACT : SP.t TO CONVERT AMMONIUM TO NITRITE WAS SUBSTANTIALLY *
ENTER ABSTRACT : INCREASED BY AS MUCH AS 150* AND SO* WHEN GROWN IN THE *
ENTER ABSTRACT : PRESENCE OF TWO HETEROTROPHS ISOLATED FROM. THE SAME •
ENTER ABSTRACT : ENVIRONMENT. THE HETEROTROPHS WERE IDENTIFIED AS NOCAROIA *
ENTER ABSTRACT : ATLANTICA AND PSEUOOMONAS SP. THE GROWTH OF THE *
ENTER ABSTRACT : HETEROTROPHS WAS STIMULATED BY AS MUCH AS ONE ORDER OF •
ENTER ABSTRACT : MAGNITUDE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE AMMONIUM-OXIOIZER.
5.4.16 NOTES
This field contains information which in some way describes the item or
facilitates its use. Its discrete elements should be punctuated with closing
periods. It is not directly searchable.
ENTER NOTES : PB32-239013 PC -A02» MF- A01.
ENTER NOTES : THIRD ANNUAL REPORT: NCI/EPA COLLABORATIVE PROGRAM.
ENTER NOTES : WILL BE A REVISED COPY.
ENTER NOTES : HAS NOT 3EEN PUBLISHED AS OF THIS OATE (11-17-33).
ENTER NOTES : TO APPEAR IN THE MARCH 1984 EDITION OF JOURNAL OF FISH DISEASES.
5.4.17 DRAFT ID »***
This field contains the control number assigned to an item to track its progress
through the editorial review system. It can be directly searched under Key
File 4.
ENTER ORAFT ID * : 0*05
5.4.18 PUB TYPE
This field indicates the form in which an item was published. It is not
directly searchable.
ENTER PUB TYPE : BOOK CHAPTER
ENTER PUB TYPE : JOURNAL MANUSCRIPT
5.4.19 DATE CONT # ASSIGNED
This field indicates the date on which an item received its contribution number.
It is not directly searchable.
ENTER DATE CONT * ASSIGNED : 81-12
53
-------
5.4.20 CAS #***
This field contains the CAS registry number(s) assigned to an item to identify
key substances. Multiple numbers should be separated by double slash marks.
This field can be searched directly under Key File 2.
ENTER CAS * : CAS: 51630-58-1
ENTER CAS # : CAS: 29d-00-0//CAS: 139-13-9//CAS: 100-02-7
5.5 Record Input
When Option 6 is selected from the menu, the following input prompts are offered.
The procedures described in Section 3.8 and the constraints implied by the
field descriptions in Section 5.4 should be used to complete this prompting list,
NEW RECORD
ENTER AUTHOR :
ENTER TITLE :
ENTER JOURNAL :
ENTER YR :
ENTER VOL :
ENTER ISSUE :
cNTER PAGE NO :
ENTER EDITOR :
ENTER TITLE1 :
ENTER PUBLISHER :
ENTER CONTRIBUTION NO :
ENTER GRANT NO :
ENTER LAB PROJECT NO :
ENTER EPA REPORT NO :
ENTER ABSTRACT !
ENTER NOTES :
ENTER DRAFT 10 # :
ENTER PUB TYPE :
ENTER DATE CONT « ASSIGNED
ENTER CAS « :
In addition to the standard input procedures, special input conventions have
been devised to permit variations in the content and arrangement of directory
reports. For example, certain designators of publication type, when placed in
parentheses at the end of the title field, prevent the corresponding record
from appearing in directories generated by publication year. The significance
attached to these designators is assigned by computer systems personnel and may
be altered to meet individual collection needs. Unassigned terms placed in
parentheses at the end of the title field, such as species name, have no effect.
The designators currently in use are (ABSTRACT), (BOOK REVIEW), (SPEECH), and
(UNPUBLISHED). Notes, which are normally omitted from directory citations, can
be made to appear by suffixing an asterisk to the contribution number and
enclosing the information in parentheses at the beginning of the notes field.
Both the asterisk and the characters contained in the parentheses will, appear
as part of the citation. This feature is used to provide order information for
54
-------
entered with a single space prefix and the phrase IN PREP or IN PRESS 1n the
year field; other alphabetic phrases may be substituted, but must be used consis-
tently. These records are grouped separately in reports generated by publica-
tion year. They are updated as the Items are published.
5.6 Sample Records
The following samples represent records available in the Contribution System.
They Illustrate the format in which data elements are entered and displayed on-
line. When reports are generated, the system re-formats these records to
comply with standard citation guidelines or some other criteria.
5.6.1 Item in Preparation or In Press
CAUTHOR] SCHATTEN, GERALO//SIMERLY9 CALVIN//SCHATTSN, HEIOS CTITLEJ EFFECTS
OF BARIUM SULFATE ON SEA URCHIN FERTILIZATION AND EARLY DEVELOPMENT CYR]
IN PRESS CTITLE1] WASTES IN THE OCEAN, VOLUME 3 CPUBLISNER] JOHN WILEY
& SONSt INC.* NEW YORK* NY CONTRIBUTION NOJ X42T CGRANT NO] DRILLING
FLUIO//CR808S12 CLAB PROJECT NO] Q258 CORAFT ID «3 0244 CPUS TYPE} 800K
CHAPTER COATE CONT « ASSIGNED] 32-06
5.6.2 Journal Article
CAUTHORJ HANSEN, OAVIO J.//GOODMAN, LARRY R.//MOORE, JAMES C.//HI600N, PEGGY
<. CTITLE] EFFECTS OF THE SYNTHETIC PYRETHROIOS AC 222, T05, PERMETHRIN, AND
FENVALERATE ON SHEEPSH5AO MINNOWS IN EARLY LIFE-STAGE TOXICITY TESTS
CJOURNAL] ENVIRON. TOXICOL. AND CHEM CYR3 1983 CVOLJ 2 CISSUE3 2 CPAGE
N03 251-258 CONTRIBUTION N03 462 CLAB PROJECT NO] 0063 CEPA REPORT NO]
EPA-600/J-83-106 CNOT5S3 PB84-11741S, PC- A02 CORAFT ID »3 02T6 CPUS TYPE3
JOURNAL MANUSCRIPT COATE CONT 0 ASSIGNE03 82-12 CCAS *3 CAS! S2645-53-1//
CAS: 51630-58-1
5.6.3 Book Chapter
CAUTHOR3 HELZ, G.R.//HSU, R.Y.//9LOCK, R.N. CTITLE3 BROMOFORH PRODUCTION BY
OXIDATIVE 8IOCIDES IN MARINE WATERS CYR3 1978 CPAGE N03 68-76 CEDITOR3
R.G. RICE AND J.A. COTRUVO CTITCEU OZONE/CHLORINE DIOXIDE OXIDATION PRODUCTS
3Y ORGANIC MATERIALS CPUBLISHER] OZONE PRESS INTERNATIONAL, CLEVELAND, OH
CONTRIBUTION NO] X095- CGRANT NO] R803939//R804683 CLAB PROJECT N03 Q100//
0020
5.6.4 EPA Report
CAUTHOR3 ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY. GULF BREEZE. CONTRIBUTOR CTITLE3
AMBIENT WATER QUALITY CRITERIA FOR POLYCMLORINATEO BIPHENYLS CYR3 1980 CPAGE
NO] 117 P CPUBLISHER3 U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY, OFFICE OF WATER
REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS, WASHINGTON, DC CONTRIBUTION N03 EPA-440/5-80-068
CLAB PROJECT N03 0062 CcPA REPORT NO] EPA-440/5-80-068
55
-------
5.6.5 Published Abstract
CAUTMOR] HENORICKSt JERRY 0.//MEYERS, THEODORE R.//CASTEEL, JOHN L.//NIXON,
JOE E.//LOVELANO, PATRICIA N.//BAILEY, GEORGE S. CTITLE] RAINBOW TROUT
EMBRYOS: ADVANTAGES AND LIMITATIONS FOR CARCINOGENESIS RESEARCH CABSTRACT)
CJOURNAL] ANNU. MEET. AM. ASSOC. CANCER RES. PROC CYRJ 1982 CVOL3 23
CPAGE NO] SB CONTRIBUTION NO] X279 CGRANT NOD NCI CNOTES1 ILL (9-13-83),
NO COPIES. CPUS TYPE] JOURNAL ARTICLE COATE CONT * ASSIGNED] 83-09
5.6.6 Conference Proceedings
CAUTHOR] COUCH* JOHN A.//COURTNEY, LcE A.//POSS, STEVEN S. CTITLEJ LABORATORY
EVALUATION OP MARINE PISHES AS CARCINOGEN ASSAY SUBJECTS CYRJ 1981 CPAGE NO]
125-139 [EDITOR] CLYDE J. OAWE CTITLE1] PMYL5TIC APPROACHES TO CANCER:
PROCEEDINGS OF THE 11TH INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF THE PRINCESS TAKANATSU
CANCER RESEARCH FUND, TOKYO, 1980 CPU8LISHER] JAPAN SCIENTIFIC PRESS, TOKYO,
JAPAN CONTRIBUTION NO] 171 CGRANT NO] NCI CLAB PROJECT NO] Q066//Q067 CEP
REPORT NO] EPA-600/D-80-039 CNOTES] PRESENTED AT THE ELEVENTH INTERNATIONAL
SYMPOSIUM OF THE PRINCESS TAKAMATSU CANCER RESEARCH FUND, TOKYO, JAPAN,
NOV. 10-13, 1980. P882-20582t, PC- A02.
5.7 Sample Searches
Records can be retrieved from the Contribution System using any of the methods
described in Section 3.9. The following samples illustrate how various types
of searches might be executed.
5.7.1 Key File Searches
Designated key fields can be searched directly through the system's five key
files. To execute a key file search, select the appropriate option number from
the menu and enter the requested search statement.
Truncated Multi-Word Prefix Search in the AUTHOR/YEAR File
ENTER AUTHOR/YEAR : IN PRS
CAUTHOR] HAYSS, MILES 0.//GUNCLACH, SRICH R.//SCOTT, GEOFFREY I.//SHIPP, R.
CRAIG//MICHEL, JACQUELINE//FINKELSTEIN, KENNSTH//OAVIS, WILLIAM P. CTITLE]
PECK SLIP OIL SPILL: A PRELIMINARY REPORT CYR] IN PREP CEDITOR] j.
R08INSON [PUBLISHER] U.S. NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION,
aOULOER, CO [CONTRIBUTION NOJ X429 CNOTES] NQAA REPORT
56
-------
Single Word Prefix Search in the EPA REPORT/PROJECT/ CAS NO File
ENTER EPA REPORT/PROJECT/CAS NO. : Q191
CAUTHOR] PRITCHARO, P.H.//CRIPE, C.R. CTIUE] MICROCOSM SYSTEM TO MODEL THE
FATE AND EFFECTS OF P-CRESOL AND OTHrR POLLUTANTS IN LOTXC STREAM ECOSYSTEMS
CJOURNALJ LIMNOL. OCEANOGR CYR] IN PREP [CONTRIBUTION NO] 469 CGRANT N03
CR807555//CR808845 CLAB PROJECT NO] Q191 CNOTES] TITLE MAY CHANGE TO
"DESIGN OF MICROCOSM SYSTEMS TO MODEL THE FATE AND EFFECTS OF TOXICANTS
TO ARTIFICIAL STREAM CHANNELS*. CORAFT 10 »] 0279 CPUB TYPE] JOURNAL
MANUSCRIPT CDATE CONT * ASSIGNED] 83-01 CCAS *3 CAS: 106-44.$
Boolean Search in the TITLE File
ENTER TITLE : =BIPHEN£CARCINOG5N
CAUTHOR3 COUSE, NANCY L.//SCHPIOT-COLL5RUS, JOSEF J.//KING. JEANNETTE//
LEFFLERt LAROS5 CTITLE3 BIPHENYL HYOROXYLAS5 ACTIVITY AND THE DETECTION
OF CARCINOGENS CY«3 1982 CPAGE NO] 81-101 CTITL51J SYMPOSIUM:
CARCINOGENIC POLYNUCLEAR AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS IN THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT,
PENSACOLA BEACH, FLORIDA, 14-18 AUGUST, 1978 CPUBLISHER] U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION AGENCY, ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, GULF BREEZE, FL
CONTRIBUTION N03 X361 CGRANT NO] R805671 CLAB PROJECT NO] Q039
CEPA REPORT NO] EPA-600/9-32-013
Multi-Word Prefix Search in the GRANT NO/JOURNAL/DRAFT ID # File
ENTER GRANT NO/JOURNAL/ORAFT ID * : 5STUARINE COASTAL MAR. SCI
CAUTHOR3 TAGATZ, MARLIN E.//TOBIA, MICHAEL CTITLE3 EFFECT OF BARITE CBAS04)
ON DEVELOPMENT OF ESTUARINE CCMMUNITIES [JOURNAL] ESTUARINE COASTAL MAR. SCI
CYR] 1978 CVOL3 7 CISSUE] 4 CPAGE NO] 401-407 [CONTRIBUTION NO] 340
CLAB PROJECT NO] 0080 CEPA REPORT NO] EPA-600/J-79-090 CNOTES] PB-294
908
-------
5.7.2 Key Contents Analysis Search
This type of search allows you to examine a composite of the five key files
with a Boolean expression of word fragments. It is executed by selecting
Option 8 from the menu and entering the requested search statement.
78
BIOTURBATtWHITS
CAUTHORJ WHITE, OAVID C.//FINOLAY, ROBERT H.//FAZIO, STEVEN 0.//BOBBIE.
RONALD J.//NICKELS, JANET S.//OAVIS, WILLIAM M.//SMITH, GLEN A.//MARTZ,
ROBERT F. CTITLE3 EFFECTS OF BIOTUR3ATION AND PREOATXON BY MELLITA
QUINQUIESPERFORATA ON SEDIMENTARY MICROBIAL COMMUNITY STRUCTURE CYRJ 1980
CPAGE NO] 163-171 CEDITOR] VICTOR S. KENNEDY CTITLS11 ESTUARINS PERSPECTIVES
CPUBLISHER] ACADEMIC PRESS, NEW YORK, NY CONTRIBUTION NO] X129 CGRANT NO]
ORILLING FLUIO//CR806U3 CLA6 PROJECT NOD Q025//Q225 CNOTES] PROCEEDINGS:
FIFTH BIENNIAL ESTUARINE RESEARCH CONFERENCE, JEKYLL ISLAND, GEORGIA, OCTOBER
7-12, 1979.
5.7.3 Record Fragment Search
A record fragment search allows you to examine the full text of the database
for the occurrence of a specific character sequence. It is restricted through
one of the five key files. To execute this type of search, select Option 7
from the menu and enter the requested search statements.
?7
ENTER THE RECORD FRAGMENT : BENTONITE
WHICH OF THE 5 KEY SEQUENCES WILL CONTROL THE SEARCH (1-5) 74
ENTER GRANT NO/JOURNAL/ORAFT ID * : DRILLING FLUID
CAUTMOR3 ATEMA, JELLE//LEAVITT, DALE F.//BARSHAW* DIANA E.//CUOMO, M. CARMELA
CTITLEJ EFFECTS OF DRILLING MUDS ON BEHAVIOR OF THE AMERICAN LOBSTER, HOMARUS
AMERICANUS, IN WATER COLUMN AND SUBSTRATE EXPOSURES [JOURNAL] CAN. J. FISH.
AQUAT. SCI CYR] 1982 CVOL3 39 CXSSUE3 5 CPAGE NO] 675-689
[CONTRIBUTION N03 X298 CGRANT NO] DRILLING FLUIO//CR806630 CLA6 PROJECT NO]
58
-------
5.7.4 Slgning-off
To exit the Contribution System, select Option 10 from the menu or enter an
asterisk command at the menu level. The system will display the following
sign-off messages.
JOB720
STOP
iss23:ii SIZE: 32* CPU: *.oa STATUS: SUCCESS
LOGO
USER ERLG UIC C320.1603 TT27: 15:23:12 19-JAN-8*
CONNECT TINE 02 H SYSTEN UTILIZATION IT MCTS
BYE
USER LOGGED Off ON 19-JAN-84 AT 15:23:14
SYSTEM UTILIZATION IT MEGA-CORE-TICKS
CONNECT TINE 0:03
TOTAL SESSION CHARGES SO.63
59
-------
6. REPRINT SYSTEM
This chapter describes features which are specific to the Reprint System. For
an explanation of the procedures used to operate all EPALIT library systems,
refer to Chapter 3.
6.1. Content of the Reprint System
The Reprint System is an on-line catalog of the journal and book reprints of
the library and laboratory staff. It consists of a principal database for
library holdings and additional databases for the collections of individual
researchers. Together, these databases make up an integrated system which
permits rapid access to all of the laboratory's reprint materials. Maintaining
records in separate databases enhances the flexibility of the system, protects
the integrity of the individuals' databases, and improves system response time.
When necessary, comprehensive control and retrieval is provided by merging
databases. Conversely, new databases can be created by extracting identifiable
subsets from existing files. Merging and extracting operations are performed
by systems personnel using the utilities of EPALIT and the operating system.
Off-line printing of address and citation labels for ordering reprints is
another feature of this system. These options are available in any reprint
database, but must be implemented by systems personnel.
Each record in a database represents a single item and contains some or all of
the following information: bibliographic citation, accession number, reprint
holder's name, keywords, notes, first author's mailing address, and date
received. The standard report format is a directory in first author order with
author, title keyword, and subject indices. Index reports can also be arranged
by title, keyword, reprint holder, reprint number, publication date, or any
other significant element. They may be derived from the full text of a database
or from a specifically defined subset.
6.2 Signing-on
The sign-on procedures described below are used with the library reprint
database, which operates in either FULL or RESTRICTED authorization mode. The
identification codes used to access other reprint databases are assigned by
systems personnel as the databases are initialized.
6.2.1 FULL Mode
This is the system's standard operating mode and offers the full range of
capabilities: record input, retrieval, modification, and deletion. Transactions
are posted to both the record and its key files as they occur, ensuring immediate
retrievability. To sign-on to the library reprint database in FULL mode, enter
the following sequence of identification codes.
[REPR](CR)
Password(CR)
Account ID(CR)
L@PRINTJ(CR)
[REPR]Terminal ID(CR)*
Terminal Type(CR)**
(June 1984)
60
-------
NOTE:
6.2.2 RESTRICTED Mode
This mode is reserved for patron use. It allows records to be retrieved for
viewing, but does not permit any input, modification, or deletion of database
content. Search transactions are limited to the key files. To sign-on in
RESTRICTED mode, enter the following sequence of identification codes.
[REPR](CR)
Password(CR)
Account ID(CR)
LPREPRINTJ(CR)
[REPRjTerminal ID(CR)*
Terminal Type(CR)**
* = two character numeric code displayed to the screen during sign-on.
** = one character numeric code indicating the type of terminal being used:
hardcopy terminal [2], DEC VT52 [1], or generic scrolling device [0].
For the remainder of this chapter, the collective phrase "the reprint system"
or simply "the system" will be used.
6.3 System Menu
When the Reprint System is activated in FULL mode, the following option menu
is displayed.
REPRINT SYSTEM
00 YOU WISH TO
SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT 8Y:
Oi: AUTHOR
02: KEYWORD
03: TITLE
0«: REPRINT HOLDER
05: REPRINT NO.
OR
06: ADO A DOCUMENT TO THE FILE
07: SEARCH BY RECORD FRAGMENT
08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
09:
10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
When it is activated in RESTRICTED mode, an edited version is offered.
REPRINT SYSTEM
00 YOU WISH TO
SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT BY!
Oi: AUTHOR
02: KEYWORD
03: TITLE
04: REPRINT HOLDER
05: REPRINT NO.
OR
06:
or:
08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
09:
10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
Transactions should be initiated, executed, and terminated using the procedures
described in Chapter 3.
61
-------
6.4 Item Record
A record in the Reprint System currently consists of thirty-five information
fields. However, six of these fields are used for author/co-author entries
and fifteen for keywords. This approach simplifies the input process for non-
library users by eliminating the need to separate multiple entries with special
characters. For sorting and indexing purposes, these repeat fields are merged
into two key files: author and keyword. The basic characteristics of each
information field, including entry format and search status, are given below.
Unless otherwise indicated, always omit closing punctuation. To ensure
retrievability, complete as many fields as applicable, particularly those
contained in key files.
*** = key field
6.4.1 AUTHOR***
This field contains the name of the person or organization primarily responsible
for the authorship of an item. Personal names should be entered in last name,
comma, space, first name, space, middle initial, period format or some logical
variation. Organization names may be entered in any consistent format. This
field can be searched directly under Key File 1.
ENTER AUTHOR : LITTLE, JOHN U.
ENTER AUTHOR : TREFOUEL, N. JACQUES
ENTER AUTHOR : BOOTH, R. L.
6.4.2 AUTHOR2-6***
Author fields two through six contain the names of all co-authors, one per field,
Entry format is identical to that of first author. These fields can also be
searched directly under Key File 1.
ENTER AUTHOR 2 : SCHMIDT* H.
ENTER AUTHOR 3 : HOPKINS* SEMELL H.
6.4.3 TITLE***
This field contains the item's complete title, exclusive of initial articles
(A, An, The). Internal punctuation and spacing should be duplicated. This
field is directly searchable under Key File 3.
ENTER TITLE : OCCURRENCE OF PESTICIDES IN WHALES
ENTER TITLE : ENVIRONMENTAL ANO SOCIAL COSTS OF PESTICIDES: AN ASSESSMENT
6.4.4 JOURNAL
This field contains the title of the journal in which an item appeared. The title
may be abbreviated using any standard source, but abbreviations should be
consistent. Omit any closing punctuation. This field is not directly searchable.
-------
ENTER JOURNAL : LIPIOS
ENTER JOURNAL : BULL. SO. CALIF. ACAO. SCZ
6.4.5 JTR
This field contains the item's publication year and is not directly searchable,
ENTER YR : 1972
ENTER YR : 1969*70
6.4.6 VOL
This field contains the volume number of the journal in which an item was
published. It cannot be searched directly.
ENTER VOL : 29
SNTE* VOL : XIV
ENTER VOL : PALL
6.4.7 ISSUE
This field contains the issue number of the journal in which an item appeared.
It cannot be searched directly.
ENTER issue : 11
ENTER ISSUE : 0
ENTER ISSUE : 1/2
6.4.8 PAGE NO
This field is used to indicate the pagination of an item. For a publication
within another publication, enter the range of pages. For a separately published
item, enter the total number of pages followed by the character "P".
This field is not directly searchable.
ENTER PAGE NO : 8-9
ENTER PAGE NO : 28-
ENTER PAGE NO : 36 P
6.4.9 EDITOR
This field contains the names of all editors. Entry format is first name first
with multiple names entered as they are cited. Do not separate names with
slash marks. This field cannot be searched directly.
63
-------
ENTER EDITOR : 0. C. HEATH AND COMPANY
ENTER EDITOR : C. CORING AND J. U. HAMAKER
6.4.10 TITLE1***
This field contains the full title of the book, report, or proceedings in which
an item was published. Initial articles should be omitted, but include all
internal punctuation and spacing. This field is directly searchable under Key
File 3.
ENTER TITLE1 I PROC. 11TH BR. MEED CONTROL CONF
ENTER TITLE1 S ORGANIC CHEMICALS IN THE SPOIL ENVIRONMENT
6.4.11 PUBLISHER
This field contains the name of the item's publishing agency and the place of
publication. It is not directly searchable.
ENTER PUBLISHER ! MARCEL OEKKERt INC., NEW YORK
6.4.12 REPRINT HOLDER***
This field contains the name of the item's owner. Names should be entered in a
consistent format to facilitate retrieval. This field can be searched directly
under Key File' 4.
ENTER REPRINT HOLDER : LIBRARY
ENTER REPRINT HOLDER : DR. SCHOOR
ENTER REPRINT HOLDER : CHUCK MCKENNEV
6.4.13 REPRINT NO***
This field contains a unique identification number and may be searched directly
under Key File t>.
ENTER REPRINT NO : 76*
ENTER REPRINT NO : 1898L
6.4.14 KEYHORD1-15***
The keyword fields are used to indicate an item's subject content. Each field
contains one keyword consisting of a single term or a term with subdivisions.
These fields may be searched directly under Key File 2.
ENTER KEYWORD : OIL SPILL
ENTER KEYWORD 2 : NUCLEIC ACIDS
ENTER KEYWORD 3 : BENZO
-------
6.4.15 NOTES
This field contains information which in some way describes the item or
facilitates its use. Its descrete elements should be punctuated with closing
periods. It is not directly searchable.
ENTER NOTES : BUREAU Of FISHERIES DOC. NO. 793; 2 COPIES.
ENTER NOTES : FILED IN FLORIDA BOX.
ENTER NOTES : TRANSLATED FROM RUSSIAN. TR-31-309.
NOTE: The following fields appear only when the label producing feature is present.
6.14.16 LABEL NEEDED?***
This field is used to generate label sets for reprint request cards. If labels
are not needed, a negative response may be entered by simply pressing return.
If labels are needed, this should be indicated by typing YES and pressing
return. A positive response causes the system to produce three labels: a
bibliographic citation, a mailing address, and a return address. The system
deletes the contents of this field after the label generating program is run.
The field can be searched directly under Key File 5; only pending items will be
retrieved, however.
ENTER LABEL NEEDED? : TES
6.4.17-20 NAME/ADDRESS/CITY-STATE/COUNTRY
These four fields contain the information which is to appear on the mailing
address label. The plus sign may be used to repeat input prompts, but keep in
mind that label size dictates acceptable field length. Once entered, these
fields become a permanent part of the record, but are not directly searchable.
6.4.17 NAME
This field contains the name of the person or organization to whom a reprint
request is addressed.
ENTER NAME : OR. CAL MATTHEWS
6.4.18 ADDRESS
This field contains the street or post office address to which a reprint request
is sent.
ENTER ADDRESS : 626 CHEROKEE DRIVE
6.4.19 CITY-STATE
This field contains the city, state, and zip code information,
65
-------
ENTER CITY-STATE : ATLANTA, GA 30322
6.4.20 COUNTRY
This field contains the name of the country to which a reprint request is sent.
ENTER COUNTRY : ENGLAND
6.4.21 DATE RECIEVED
This field is used to indicate the date an item is received and/or added to the
system. Any entry format may be used, but should be applied consistently.
This field is not directly searchable.
ENTER DATE RECEIVED : 84-05-25
6.5 Record Input
When Option 6 is selected from the menu, the following input prompts are offered,
NEW RECORD
ENTER AUTHOR :
ENTER AUTHOR 2 :
ENTER AUTHOR 3 :
ENTER AUTHOR 4 :
ENTER AUTHOR 5 :
ENTER AUTHOR 6 :
ENTER TITLE :
ENTER JOURNAL :
ENTER YR :
ENTER VOL :
ENTER ISSUE :
ENTER PAGE NO :
ENTER TITLE1 :
ENTER PUBLISHER :
ENTER REPRINT NO :
ENTER REPRINT HOLDER
ENTER KEYWORD :
ENTER KEYWORD 2 :
ENTER KEYWORD 3 :
ENTER KEYWORD 4 :
ENTER KEYWORD 5 :
ENTER KEYWORD 5 :
ENTER KEYWORD T :
ENTER KEYWORD 8 :
ENTER KEYWORD 9 :
ENTER KEYWORD 10 :
ENTER KEYWORD 11 :
ENTER KEYWORD 12 :
ENTER KEYWORD 13 :
ENTER KEYWORD 14 :
ENTER KEYWORD 15 :
ENTER NOTES :
66
-------
If the label producing feature Is present, these additional prompts are displayed
as well.
ENTER LABEL NEEDED? S
ENTER NAME *
ENTER ADDRESS :
ENTER CITY-STATE :
ENTER COUNTRY :
ENTER DATE RECEIVED :
The procedures described In Section 3.8 and the constraints implied by the
field descriptions in Section 6.4 should be used to complete this list.
6.6 Sample Records
The following samples represent records available in the Reprint System. They
illustrate the format in which information 1s entered and displayed on-line.
When reports are generated, the system re-formats these records to meet standard
citation guidelines or some other established criteria.
6.6.1 Journal Article
CAUTHOR] LOME, J. I. CAUTHOR 23 PARRISM, P. R. CAUTHOR 33 PATRICK, J. N.
CAUTHOR 43 FORESTER, J. CTITLE3 EFFECTS OF THE POLTCHLORZNATEO BZPHENVL
AROCLOR 1254 ON THE AMERICAN OYSTER CRASSOSTREA VXRGINICA [JOURNAL] MARINE
BXOLOGT CTR3 19T2 CVOL3 17 CISSUE3 3 CPAGE N03 209-214 CREPRXNT NO]
0036 [REPRINT HOLDER3 LIBRARY CKcVUORD3 BCF [KEYWORD 23 BXOCONCENTRATXQN
FACTOR [KEYWORD 33 POLYCHLORXNATEO BXPHENYL [KEYWORD 43 AROCLOR 1254
[KEYWORD 53 AMERIAN OYSTER [KEYWORD 63 CRASSOSTREA VIRGINICA
6.6.2 Book Chapter
[AUTHOR} SPEIOEL, H. K. [AUTHOR 23 BOURO.UIN* A. W. CAUTHOR 33 MANN, J. E.
CAUTHOR 43 FAIR. J. F. CAUTHOR S3 BENNETT* E. 0. CTXTLE3 MICROBIOLOGICAL
REMOVAL OF PESTICIDES FROM AQUEOUS ENVIRONMENTS CYR3 1972 CVOL3 13
CPAGE N03 277-282 CTITLE13 DEVELOPMENTS IN INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY
[PUBLISHER! AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES* WASHINGTON* DC
CREPRINT N03 4508 CREPRXNT HOLDER] LIBRARY
6.6.3 Technical Report
CAUTHOR] MOUNT. 0. X. CAUTHOR 23 WARNER, R. E. CTITLE3 SERIAL-DILUTION
APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUS DELIVERY OF VARIOUS CONCENTRATIONS OF MATERIALS IN
WATER CPAGE N03 16 P CTITLE13 US PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE PUBLICATION NO.
999-MP-23 CREPRINT N03 2388 CREPRINT HOLDER] LIBRARY
6.6.4 Conference Proceedings
CAUTHOR] SIMMON* VINCENT F. CAUTHOR 23 KAUHANEN* KRISTINE CAUTHOR 33
TARDIFF, ROBERT G. CTITLE3 MUTAGENIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICALS IDENTIFIED IN
DRINKING WATER CVR3 1977 CPAGE N03 10 P CTITLE13 2ND INTERNATIONAL
CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL MUTAGENS* EDINBURGH, SCOTLAND, JULY* 1977
CREPRXNT NO] 4872 CREPRINT HOLOER3 LIBRARY
67
-------
6.7 Sample Searches
Records can be retrieved from the Reprint System using any of the methods
described 1n Section 3.9. The following samples Indicate how various types of
searches might be executed.
6.7.1 Key File Searches
Designated key fields can be searched directly through the system's five key
files. To execute a key file search, select the appropriate option number from
the menu and enter the requested search statement.
Truncated Prefix Search in the AUTHOR File
ENTER AUTHOR 3 MOUSTAC
CAUTMOR3 CHANET, R. [AUTHOR 23 IZARO, C. CAUTHOR 33 MOUSTACCHX, E.
CTITLE3 GENETIC EFFECTS OF FORMALDEHYDE IN YEAST CJOURNAL3 NUTATION RESEARCH
CYR1 1975 CVOL3 33 CISSUE3 2-3 CPAGE NO) 176-186 CTITLE13 INFLUENCE
OF THE GROWTH STAGES ON KILLING AND RECOMBINATION CREPRINT N03 1039
CREPRINT HOLOER3 LIBRARY
Record Fragment Search in the KEYWORD File
' ENTER KEYWORD : ANTHRACEN*
CAUTHOR3 HARRISt C. C. CAUTHOR 23 AUTRUPt H. CAUTHOJt 33 STONER. G.
CAUTHOR 43 VANG* S. K. CAUTHOR 53 LEUTZ, J. C. CAUTNOR 63 GELBOIN, H.
CTITLE3 METABOLISM OF BENZOANTHRACENE IN
CULTURED HUNAN BRONCHUS AND PANCREATIC DUCT CJOURNAL3 CANCER RESEARCH
CYR3 1977 CVOL3 37 CPAGE N03 3349-3355 CREPRINT N03 478 CREPRINT HOLOER3
SCHOOR* W.P. CKEVMOR03 BENZQ-
ANTHRACENE CKEYWORD 33 HUNAN BRONCHUS KEYWORD 43 PANCREATIC DUCT
Boolean Search in the TITLE File
ENTER TITLE : -ARYL HYDROCARBON HVOROXYLASE/AHH
CAUTHOR3 VANOERNEULEN, J. H. CTITLE3 ABSENCE OF ARYL HYDROCARBON HVOROXYLASE
CAHH) IN THREE MARINE BIVALVES CJOURNAL3 JOURNAL OF THE FISHERIES RESEARCH
BOARD CANADA CYR3 1978 CVOL3 35 CPAGE N03 643-647 CREPRINT N03 347
CREPRINT HOLOER3 SCHOOR* W.P. CKEYWORD3 ARVL HYDROCARBON HVOROXYLASE
CKEVWORD 23 MARINE BIVALVES
68
-------
Multi-Word Prefix Search in the REPRINT HOLDER File
ENTER REPRINT HOLDER : SCHOOR* M.P.
CAUTHOR3 ANOS, R. CTITLE3 MICH PERFORMANCE LIQUID-SOLID CHROHAT06RAPHY
CJOURNAL3 PROC. SOC. ANAL. CHEN CYR3 1973 CVOL3 10 CISSUE3 1 CPA6E N03
6-8 CREPRINT NO3 76 CREPRINT HOLDER} SCMOOR, U.P. CKEVUOR03 CHRONAT06RAPHV
CKEYMORD 23 LIQUID CKEYMORD 33 SOLID
Single Word Prefix Search in the REPRINT NO File
ENTER REPRINT NO. : 141
CAUTHOR] OOLL. J. N. CAUTHOR 23 BAST, T. F. CTITLE3 THREE ESTUARINE
KILLIFISH AS FRESH WATER MOSQUITO LARVIVORES [JOURNAL3 MOSQUITO NEWS CYR3
1969 CVOL3 29 CISSUE3 3 CPA6E N03 365-367 CREPRINT N03 141 CREPRINT
HOLDER] SCHINNEL
6.7.2 Key Contents Analysis Search
This type of search allows you to examine a composite of the five key files
with a Boolean expression of word fragments. It is executed by selecting Option
8 from the menu and entering the requested search statement.
?8
ENTER THE SEARCH PARAMETERS -
COOLEY/FORESTER&NIREX
CAUTHOR3 COOLEVt N. R. CAUTHOR 23 KELTNER, J. N. CAUTHOR 33 FORESTER J.
CTITLE3 EFFECTS ON ACCUMULATION BY TETRAHVMENA PVRIFORMIS STRAIN CJOURNAL3
J. PROTOZOOL CYR3 1972 CVOL3 19 CISSUE3 4 CPACE N03 636-638 CREPRINT N03
230 CREPRINT HOLOER3 IORTNMICK CKEYUOR03 MIREX CKEYWORO 23 AROCLOR 1254
6.7.3 Record Fragment Search
A record fragment search examines the full text of the database for the
occurrence of a specific character string. It can be restricted through one of
the key files in order to reduce the number of records examined. To execute a
search of this type, select Option 7 from the menu and enter the requested
search statements.
69
-------
77
ENTER THE RECORD FRAGMENT I VETERINAR
WHICH OP THE 5 KEY SEQUENCES WILL CONTROL THE SEARCH
-------
7. SPECIALIZED BIBLIOGRAPHY SYSTEM
This chapter provides Information specific to the Specialized Bibliography
System. For a description of the procedures used with all EPALIT library
systems, refer to Chapter 3.
7.1 Content of the Specialized Bibliography System
The Specialized Bibliography System is used by laboratory staff to compile
reference lists and to tailor these lists to meet the format requirements of
different publishers. References are entered as they are obtained so that a
current listing is always available. Each record in the system contains a
complete citation, a citation sequence number, an accession number, and the
fiscal year in which the list was compiled. Report format is determined by the
needs of the researcher and/or publisher. In-process lists may be arranged
by author, title, or accession number. Upon completion, citation sequence
numbers are assigned and the final version of the list is printed.
7.2 Signing-on
The Specialized Bibliography System operates in FULL authorization mode,
permitting record input, retrieval, modification, and deletion. Transcations
are posted to both the record and its key files as they occur, ensuring immediate
retrievability. The identification codes are assigned when a system 1s set up.
As an example, the codes used to access the Wilkes Bibliography System are
given below.
[BIBLFW](CR)
Password(CR)
Account ID(CR)
L@BIBLJ(CR)
[BIBL]Termina1 ID(CR)*
Terminal Type(CR)
**
* = two character numeric code displayed to the screen during sign-on.
** = one character numeric code indicating the type of terminal being used:
hardcopy terminal[2], DEC VT52[1], or generic scrolling device[0].
7.3 System Menu
After sign-on is complete, the following option menu is displayed.
Key File 5 1s unoccupied.
Note that
00 YOU WISH TO
SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT BY!
WILKES BIBLIOGRAPHY SYSTEM
01:
02:
03:
0*:
os:
DOCUMENT ,
CITATION SEQ *
REFERENCE NO
FY
OR
06: ADD A DOCUMENT TO THE FILE
07: SEARCH BY RECORD FRAGMENT
08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
09:
10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
(June 1984)
71
-------
Transcatlons should be Initiated, executed, and terminated using the procedures
outlined in Chapter 3.
7.4 Item Record
A record in the Specialized Bibliography System is currently composed of four
information fields. The basic'characteristics of each field, including entry
format and search status, are given below. Unless otherwise indicated, closing
punctuation is always omitted when entering data.
*** = key field
7.4.1 REFERENCE NO***
This field contains the accession number assigned to uniquely identify a
reference. Any format may be used, but should be followed consistently.
Reference numbers can be searched directly under Key File 3.
ENTER REFERENCE NO : 001
ENTER REFERENCE NO : 025
7.4.2 CITATION SEQ#***
This field is used to indicate the position an item should occupy in the
reference list. Sequence numbers are usually entered just prior to printing the
final version of the list. They can be searched directly under Key File 2.
ENTER CITATION SEQ « : 04
ENTER CITATION SEO * : 58
7.4.3 DOCUMENT***
This field contains the complete citation, including all appropriate beginning
and ending punctuation, exactly as it should appear in the reference list.
Documents are directly searchable under Key File 1; because format varies, a
record fragment search using the equal sign (=) suffix is usually the best
approach.
ENTER DOCUMENT : GOODMAN, L. R.* ET AL.» "EARLY LIFE-STAGE TOXICITY TEST
WITH TIDEWATER SUVERSIDES (MENIOIA PENINSULAS) AND
CHLORINE-PRODUCED OXIOANTS.* cNVIRON. TOXICOL. CHE*.,
2, 337 C1983).
7.4.4 FY***
This field is used to indicate the fiscal year in which a reference list is
compiled. Any format may be used, but should be followed consistently. The
field may be searched directly under Key File 4.
ENTER FY : 83
72
-------
7.5 Record Input
When Option 6 1s selected from the menu, the following Input prompts are offered.
NEW RECORD
ENTER REFERENCE NO :
ENTER CITATION SEO i :
ENTER DOCUMENT :
ENTER FY :
The procedures described In Section 3.8 and the constraints Implied by the
field descriptions in Section 7.4 should be used to complete this prompting list.
Again, the citation sequence numbers are usually entered after the reference
list is complete. They can, of course, be changed to reflect any subsequent
additions to or deletions from the list.
7.6 Sample Record
The following sample is from the Mi Ikes Bibliography System and is formatted to
meet specific publisher requirements. It indicates the format in which data is
enterd and displayed on-line. When a reference list is generated, the system
re-formats these records to comply with pre-established criteria.
Journal Article
CREFERENCE N03 006 [DOCUMENT} SCHOOR, W. P.t AND MCKENNEY, C. L.» JR.,
•DETERMINATION OF FENVALERATE IN FLOWIN6-SEAUATER EXPOSURE STUDIES.*1 BULL.
ENVIRON. CONTAM. TOXICOL.t 30, 84 C1983). CFY3 83 CCITATION
SEQ 03 12
7.7 Sample Searches
Records can be retrieved from the Specialized Bibliography System using any of
the methods described in Section 3.9. These samples demonstrate how various
types of searches might be executed.
7.7.1 Key File Searches
Designated key fields can be searched directly through the system's key files.
Searches are executed by selecting the desired option number from the menu and
entering the requested search statement.
Boolean Search in the DOCUMENT File
ENTER DOCUMENT : «ANTARCTICtDOT/PCS
CREFERENCE N03 002 COOCUM5NT3 HIOAKA, M., ET AL.t "DDT COMPOUNDS AND PCB
ISOMERS AND CONGENERS IN HeDOELL SEALS AND THEIR FATE IN THE ANTARCTIC MARINE
ECOSYSTEM." AGRIC. BIOL. CrtEM., 47, 2009 (1983). CFYJ 84
73
-------
Truncated Single Word Search In the CITATION SEQ'» File
ENTE* CITATION SEQ * : 4
CfJEFERENCE NO] 034 C03CUMENT] BOPP, RICHARD F., ET AL., "CHLORINATED
HYOROCARBONS AND RAOIONUCLIOE CHRONOLOGIES IN SEDIMENTS OF THE HUDSON RIVER
AND ESTUARY, NEM YORK." ENVIRON. SCI. TECHNOL.t 16, 866 U982).
CFY3 83 CCITATION SEQ •] 43
Record Fragment Search In the REFERENCE NO File
ENTER REFERENCE NO : 9*
CREFERENCE NOD 019 COOCUHSNT3 SCMOCKEN, M. J.» ET AL. "INTERACTION OF HIGHER
MARINE FUN5I WITH THE HERBICIDE ATRA2INE. R. SURV6YU OF INTERACTIVE MOOES."
MYCOLGIA, 74, 801 (1982). 83 CCITATION SEQ §3 35
Single Word Prefix Search in the FY File
ENTER FY : 84
CREFERENCE N03 001 COOCUM6NT3 HARPER* H. U., ET AL.* "ACUTE EFFECTS OF
TOXAPHENe AND ITS SEDIMENT-DEGRADED PRODUCTS ON ESTUARINE FISH." CAN.
J. FISH. AOUAT. SCI.* 40* 2119 (1983). CFfJ 84
7.7.2 Key Contents Analysis Search
This option allows you to search a concatenation of the key files using a
Boolean expression of word fragments. Since each of the information fields used
in this system occupies a key file, this is equivalent to searching the full
text of the database. To execute a search of this type, select Option 8 and
enter the search string.
?8
ENTER THE SEARCH PARAMETERS -
84&TOXICOL
CREFERENCE NO] 041 COOCUM6NT3 MALT* M. AND RUBER, 6.* "EFFECTS OF PESTICIDES
ON PURE AND MIXED SPECIES CULTURES OF SALT MARSH POOL ALGAE." BULL. ENVIRON.
CONTAM. TOXICOL., 30, 464 (1983). CFV3 83 CCITATION SEQ • ] 27
7.7.3 Record Fragment Search
This type of search examines the entire content of a database for the presence
of a specific character sequence. In this system, a Key Contents Analysis
search offers a less structured approach to full text searching.
74
-------
7.8 Slgnlng-off
To exit the Specialized Bibliography System, select Option ID from the menu or
enter an asterisk command at the menu level. The system will display the
following sign-off message.
JOB573 — STOP
15:09:56 SIZE: 32K CPU: 56.83 STATUS: SUCCESS
LOGO
USER BXBLFM UIC C320f*4] TT03: 15:09:57 18-NAY-84
CONNECT TINE 18 N SYSTEM UTILIZATION 109 NCTS
BYE
USER LOGGED OFF ON 18-NAV-84 AT 15:09:58
SYSTEM UTILIZATION 109 NEGA-CORE-TICKS
CONNECT TINE 0:18
TOTAL SESSION CHARGES 93.99
75
-------
8. SLIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM
This chapter describes the features of the Slide Collection System. Refer to
Chapter 3 for an explanation of the procedures used to operate all EPALIT
library systems.
8.1 Content of the Slide Collection System
The Slide Collection System Is an on-line catalog of the laboratory's
photographic slide collection. Each slide is represented by a record containing
a slide number, a descriptive title, a keyword classification, and notes.
Borrower information is added through a Circulation Subsystem. Three index
reports are currently produced from this system: a slide file report arranged
by keyword classification, a keyword-out-of-context index of titles, and an
alphabetical listing of keywords with corresponding slide numbers.
8.2 Signing-on
The Slide Collection Systems operates in FULL authorization mode, allowing
record input, retrieval, modification, and deletion. Transcations are posted
to both the record and its key files, ensuring immediate retrievabllity. To
sign-on, enter the following sequence of identification codes.
[SLID](CR)
Password(CR)
Account ID(CR)
[G>SLIDJ(CR)
[SLIDjTerminal ID(CR)*
Terminal Type(CR)**
* = two character numeric code displayed to the screen during sign-on.
** = one character numeric code indicating the type of terminal being used:
hardcopy terminal [2], DEC VT52 [1], or generic scrolling device [0].
8.3 ' System Menu
After sign-on is complete, the following option menu is displayed.
Key File 1 is unoccupied.
Note that
SLIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM
00 YOU WISH TO
SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT BY:
01:
02: KEYWORD
03: TITLE
04: BORROWERS NAME
05: SLIDE *
OR
06: ADO A DOCUMENT TO THE FILE
07: SEARCH BY RECORD FRAGMENT
08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
09:
10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
Transactions should be initiated, executed, and terminated using the procedures
described in Chapter 3.
(June 1984)
76
-------
8.4 Item Record
A record In the Slide Collection System currently consists of seven information
fields. Each field may contain a single data element, multiple elements of
equal value, or it may be left void. The basic characteristics of each field,
including entry format and search status, are described below. Unless otherwise
indicated, closing punctuation should be omitted.
*** = key field
8.4.1 SLIDE #***
This field contains an alphanumeric code indicating subject category and
accession sequence. It can be searched directly under Key File 5.
ENTER SLIDE * : 8-001
ENTER SLIDE * : NJS-02?
8.4.2 TITLE***
This field contains a brief descriptive title. Omit any initial articles (A,
An, The), but include all internal punctuation and spacing. Titles may be
searched directly under Key File 3.
ENTER TITLE : BIOCHEMIST (PETE SCHOOR) 1974
ENTER TITLE : CUTTING SECTIONS: PREPARING SLIDES
8.4.3 KEYWORD***
This field indicates the subject category(ies) assigned. Multiple entries
should be separated with double slash marks. Keywords may be searched directly
under Key File 2.
ENTER KEYWORDS : FIELD WORK
ENTER KEYWORDS : BOTANV//FIELO WORK
8.4.4 NOTES
This field contains information which further describes the slide or facilitates
its use. Its discrete elements should be punctuated with closing periods. It
is not directly searchable.
ENTER NOTES : SCALE: 1V2000
8.4.5 BORROWER'S NAME***
This field is added to an existing record through the Circulation Subsystem.
Its contents can be searched directly under Key File 4.
77
-------
8.4.6 STATUS CODE
This field 1s added to an existing record through the Circulation Subsystem and
Indicates borrower status. It 1s not directly searchable.
8.4.7 CHECK-OUT DATE
This field Is added to an existing record through the Circulation Subsystem and
Is not directly searchable.
8.5 Record Input
When Option 6 Is selected from the menu, the following Input prompts are displayed,
NIW RECORD
ENTER SLIDE f :
ENTER TITLE t
ENTER KEYWORDS t
ENTER NOTES :
The procedures described 1n Section 3.8 and the constraints Implied In Section
8.4 should be used to complete this prompting list.
8.6 Sample Record
The following sample Illustrates the format in which data is entered and displayed
on-line.
CTITLE3 BAY SAMPLING (PCB SURVEY OF ANIMALS, 1971) CSLIOE 0] FI-007
CKEVWOROS3 MICROBIOLOGV/RAOIOCHENISTRV C60RROWERS NAME! WILKES PRANK
8.7 Sample Searches
Any of the methods described in Section 3.9 may be used to retrieve records in
the Slide Collection System. The following samples indicate how certain searches
might be executed.
8.7.1 Key File Searches
Designated key fields can be searched through the system's key files. To execute
this type of search, select the appropriate menu option and enter the requested
search statement.
Truncated Prefix Search in the KEYWORD File
ENTER KEYWORD : MICROS
CTITLE3 SAPETY HOOOS AND GENERAL LABORATORY HORK—RAOIOCHEN CSLIOE « MIC-003
78
-------
Boolean Search 1n the TITLE FILE
ENTER TITLE : «OOT«SM«XNP
CTXTLEJ ACCUMULATION OF DOT IN SHRIMP TISSUE CSLIOE f3 1-033 KEYWORDS)
ILLUSTRATIONS
Multi-Word Prefix Search in the BORROWER'S NAME File
ENTER BORROWERS NAME S WILKES F
CTITLEJ AERIAL VIEW OF SABINE ISLAND 1983 CSLIOE §3 MIS-029 CKEYNOROSJ
MISCELLANEOUS CBORROWERS NAME] UILKES PRANK
Single Word Prefix Search in the SLIDE I File
ENTER SLIDE • : F-009
CTITLEJ HISTOLOGY—STAINING CSLXOE f3 P-009 KEYWORDS! PATHOLOGY
8.7.2 Key Contents Analysis Search
This option allows you to search a composite of the key, files with a Boolean
expression of word fragments. To execute a search of this type, select Option
8 and enter the search string.
ENTER THE SEARCH PARAMETERS -
FIELD UODK&EGLIN
CTITLE3 FIELD STUDY—EGLIN AFB. 1983 CSLIOE *1 FI-043 CKEVWOROS3 FIELD MORK
8.7.3 Record Fragment Search
A record fragment search examines the complete contents of the database for the
occurrence of a specific character sequence. It can be defined through one of
the key files in order to reduce the number of records examined. To execute a
record fragment search, select Option 7 and enter the requested search statemen
?T
ENTER THE RECORD FRAGMENT : SCALE
WHICH OF THE 5 KEY SEQUENCES WILL CONTROL THE SEARCH <1~5> 72
ENTER KEYWORD : FACILITIES
CTITLEJ AERIAL VIEW OF LITTLE SABINE AND SABINE ISLAND 19T1 CSLIOE
F-03S CKEYWOROS3 FACILITIES/GROUNDS CNOTESJ SCALE: 1*2000
79
-------
8.8 S1gn1ng-off
To exit the Slide Collection System, select Option 10 from the menu or enter an
asterisk command at the menu level. The session will be terminated and the
system will display a sign-off message.
8.9 Circulation Subsystem
The Circulation Subsystem is used to add the following information to records
in the Slide Collection System: borrower's name, status, and check-out date.
Two circulation reports are produced based on this information, one lists
circulating items by slide number and one by borrower name. A circulation
profile is automatically created for each circulated item and consists of the
names of all borrowers, the dates checked out and in, the status of each
borrower, and the number of circulations.
8.9.1 Signing-on
The Circulation Subsystem operates in a DELAYED POSTING mode. To sign-on,
enter the following identification codes.
CSLID](CR)
Password(CR)
TSZcount ID(CR)
LCCIRCJ(CR)
8.9.2 Record Retrieval
The Circulation Subsystem is not menu-driven. Following sign-on, it requests that
you ENTER THE SLIDE NUMBER. To retrieve a specific record, the slide number
must be entered exactly as it appears in that record. A non-specific search term
may retrieve multiple records.
ENTER THE SLIDE NUMBER -
8.9.3 Record Display
Records retrieved from the Slide Collection System display only information
which is pertinent to the circulation function. For items not currently in
circulation, this consists of the slide number and title.
LIBRARY HOLDING
SLIDE NUMBER - F-001
NEW ASSAY BUILDING—BUILDING *5
00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUT(O) OR RETURN(l) THE SLIDE ?
8U
-------
For circulating items, borrower information is also displayed,
LIBRARY HOLDING
SLIDE NUMBER - MIC-009
MICROCOSM STUDIES
WILKES FRANK
0
81-04-05
00 TOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURNil) THE SLIDE 7
8.9.4 Slide Check-out
To indicate that a slide has been checked out, select Option 0 and enter the
requested data. Borrower name is entered last name first. Status code has
been designated 0 for laboratory personnel and 1 for interlibrary loans. Check-
out date is entered in YY-MM-DD format. This information is added to the record
and the ENTER THE SLIDE NUMBER prompt is then repeated. The system will not
accept a response of 0 for an item already in circulation.
DO YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURNC1) THE
ENTER THE BORROWERS NAME - BOURQUIN AL
ENTER THE BORROWERS STATUS CODE - 0
ENTER THE CHECK-OUT DATE - 84-05-25
SLIDE ? 0
8.9.5 Slide Check-in
To indicate that a slide has been returned, select Option 1. Borrower informatior
is removed from view, but is retained as part of the slide's circulation profile.
The system will not accept a reponse of 1 for an item not in circulation.
00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURNC1) THE SLIDE ? 1
8.9.6 Requesting Circulation Profile
Although the system does not display this option, you may view an item's
circulation history by entering the character 2 in response to the check-out/in
prompt. If the slide has never circulated, no profile exists and the prompt
will simply be repeated. If it has circulated, the profile will be displayed
and the prompt repeated.
00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURNC1) THE SLIDE ? 2
WILKES FRANK
0
84-04-05
84- 5-31
81
-------
8.9.7 Advanciny Through/Exiting the Circulation Subsystem
The asterisk command 1s used to return to the ENTER THE SLIDE NUMBER prompt
from any record display and to exit the system entirely.
00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURNU) THE SLIDE ? *
ENTER THE SLIDE NUMBER - *
08:54:48 SIZE: 28K CPU: 9.oi STATUS: SUCCESS
LOGO
USER SLID UK £320,321 TT02: 08:54:49 28-NAV-84
CONNECT TINE 08 M SYSTEM UTILIZATION IS MCTS
BYE
USER LOGGED OFF ON 28-MAV-84 AT 08:54:51
SYSTEM UTILIZATION 15 MEGA-CORE-TICKS
CONNECT TINE 0:08
TOTAL SESSION CHARGES $0.77
82
-------
9. LABORATORY NOTEBOOK SYSTEM
This chapter provides Information specific to the operation of the Laboratory
Notebook System. For a description of the procedures used with all EPALIT
library systems, refer to Chapter 3.
9.1 Content of the Laboratory Notebook System
The Laboratory Notebook System is used to manage the research notebooks which
are issued to laboratory personnel through the library. Each notebook 1s
represented in the system by a record containing some or all of the following
information: laboratory project number, date assigned, notebook number, title,
researcher's name, and date archived. Borrower information is added through a
Circulation Subsystem. Printouts may be arranged by researcher name, notebook
number, laboratory project number, date assigned, or any other significant
element.
9.2 Signing-on
The Laboratory Notebook System operates in FULL authorization mode. This mode
provides the full range of system capabilities: record input, retrieval,
modification, and deletion with all transactions posted immediately to the
record and its key files. To sign-on, enter the following sequence of
identification codes.
[NOTE](CR)
Password(CR)
Ticcount ID(CR)
L@NOTEJ(CR)
[NOTElTerminal ID(CR)*
Terminal Type(CR)
**
* = two character numeric code displayed to the screen during sign-on.
** = one character numeric code indicating the type of terminal being used:
hardcopy terminal [2], DEC VT52 [1], or generic scrolling device [0].
9.3 System Menu
After sign-on is complete, the following option menu is displayed.
LABORATORY NOTEBOOK SYSTEM
00 YOU WISH TO
SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT BY:
01: DATE ASSIGNED
02: BORROWER'S NAME
03: BOOK NUMBER
04: RESEARCHER
05: LAB PROJECT NUMBER
OR
06: ADO A DOCUMENT TO THE FILE
07: SEARCH BY RECORD FRAGMENT
08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
09:
10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
Transactions should be initiated, executed, and terminated according to the
procedures outlined in Chapter 3.
(June 1984)
83
-------
9.4 Item Record
Records in the Laboratory Notebook System currently contain up to eight
information fields. The basic characteristics of each field, including entry
format and search status, are provided below. Unless otherwise indicated, omit
closing punctuation when entering data. To ensure retrievability, complete as
many fields as applicable, particularly those contained in key files.
*** = key field
9.4.1 LAB PROJECT »***
This field contains the control number(s) which identify the research project(s)
for which a notebook will be used. Project numbers may be entered in any
standard format. They can be searched directly under Key File 5.
ENTER LAB PROJECT NUMBER : 07
ENTER LAB PROJECT NUMBER : Q158//06
9.4.2 DATE ASSIGNED***
This field is used to indicate the date on which a notebook is issued. It is
entered in YY-MM-DD format. This field is directly searchable under Key File 1,
ENTER DATE ASSIGNED : 82-05-17
9.4.3 BOOK NUMBER***
This field contains the identification number assigned to a notebook. It may
be entered in any uniform format and is directly searchable under Key File 3.
ENTER BOOK NUMBER : 000063
ENTER BOOK NUMBER : 000105
9.4.4 LAB NOTEBOOK TITLE
This field contains a brief title describing the purpose or topic of the
notebook. It is not directly searchable.
ENTER LAB NOTEBOOK TITLE : ACUTE MYSID TESTS WITH DRILLING MUOS
ENTER LAB NOTEBOOK TITLE : CRiPIOUCA PLANA COMPARATIVE TOXICOLOGT. BOOK 1
9.4.5 RESEARCHER***
This field contains the name of the researcher to whom the notebook is issued,
It shoud be entered last name first and is directly searchable under Key File
4.
84
-------
ENTER RESEARCHER : BORTHUICK PAT
ENTER RESEARCHER : OUKE TON CHACAULET)
9.4.6 DATE ARCHIVED
This field Is used to Indicate the date on which a notebook Is archived Into
the laboratory's circulating collection. It is entered in YY-MM-DD format.
This field cannot be searched directly.
ENTER DATE ARCHIVED : 83-09-21
**
9.4.7 BORROWER'S NAME*
This field is added to an existing record through the Circulation Subsystem.
Its contents are directly searchable under Key File 2.
9.4.8 CHECK-OUT DATE
This field is also added through the Circulation Subsystem, but cannot be
searched directly.
9.5 Record Input
When Option 6 is selected from the menu, the following input prompts are displayed,
NEW RECORD
ENTER LAB PROJECT NUMBER :
ENTER DATE ASSIGNED :
ENTER BOOK NUMBER :
ENTER LAB NOTEBOOK TITLE :
ENTER RESEARCHER :
ENTER DATE ARCHIVED :
The procedures described in Section 3.8 and the constraints implied in Section
9.4 should be used to complete this list.
9.6 Sample Record
The following samples represent records in the Laboratory Notebook System. They
indicate the format in which data is entered and displayed on-line.
9.6.1 Active Notebook
CBOOK NUMBER] 000072 [RESEARCHER] PRITCHARD HAP COATE ASSIGNED] 84-03-13
CLAB NOTEBOOK TITLE] TOTAL ORGANIC CARBON ANALTSES
9.6.2 Archived and Circulating Notebook
85
-------
CBOOK NUNBER3 000078 CLAB PROJECT NUMBER! 0231 CRESEARCHER! BUTLER LARRY
COATE ASSIGNED! 83-06-06 CLAB NOTEBOOK TITLE! FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 04/06/82
(BORROWERS NAME} SPAIN JIM COATE ARCHIVED! 83-06-06
9.7 Sample Searches
Records may be retrieved using any of the methods described in Section 3.9.
The following samples demonstrate how various searches might be executed in the
Laboratory Notebook System.
9.7.1 Key File Searches
Designated key fields can be searched directly through the systems's key files.
To execute this type of search, select the appropriate option number and enter
the search statement.
Truncated Single Word Prefix Search in the DATE ASSIGNED File
ENTER DATE ASSIGNED : 84-05
CBOOK NUMBER! 000173 CLAB PROJECT NUMBER! Q096 CRESEARCHER] PRITCHARD HAP
COATE ASSIGNED! 84-05-03 CLAB NOTEBOOK TITLE! FATE SCREEN III
Multi-word Prefix Search in the BORROWER'S NAME File
ENTER BORROWERS NAME : SPAIN JIM
CBOOK NUMBER! OOOOB1 CLAB PROJECT NUMBER! 0231 CRESEARCHER} BUTLER LARRY
COATE ASSIGNED! 83-06-06 CLAB NOTEBOOK TITLE! FATE SCREEN QUIESCENT 06/30/82
CBORROWERS NAME! SPAIN JIM COATE ARCHIVED! 83-06-06
Record Fragment Search in the BOOK NUMBER File
ENTER BOOK NUMBER : 100*
CBOOK NUMBER! 000100 CLAB PROJECT NUMBER! Q221 CRESEARCHER! OUKE TOM
(MORTON) COATE ASSIGNED! 82-07-16 CLAB NOTEBOOK TITLE! COMPLETION OF
HAZARDOUS ASSESSMENT PROGRAM ___, ____—
Boolean Search in the RESEARCHER File
ENTER RESEARCHER : -DUKECHACAULEV
CBOOK NUMBER] 000133 CRESEARCHER] OUKE TOM (MACAULEY) CDATE ASSIGNED!
83-06-16 CLAB NOTEBOOK TITLE! DRILLING FLUID SHIPPING AND RECEIVING LOG
Single Word Search in the LAB PROJECT | File
86
-------
ENTER LAB PROJECT NUMBER : Q014
CBOOK NUMBER] 000159 CLAB PROJECT NUMBER] Q014 CRESEARCHER] WALSH GERALD
COATE ASSZ6NEOJ 84-01-17 CLAB NOTEBOOK TITLE! ALGAL CULTURE BOOR NO. 11
9.7.2 Key Contents Analysis Search
This type of search allows you to examine a composite of the key files with a
Boolean expression of word fragments. It is executed by selecting Option 8
from the menu and entering the requested search statement.
78
ENTER THE SEARCH PARAMETERS -
83-OS&NORTON
CBOOK NUMBER] 000126 CLAB PROJECT NUMBER] 0221 CRESEARCHER] DUKE TOM (MORTON)
COATE ASSIGNED] 83-05-19 CLAB NOTEBOOK TITLE) SEAGRASS DRILLING FLUIDS
9.7.3 Record Fragment Search
A record fragment search examines the full text of the database for the presence
of a specific character string. It can be controlled through one of the key
files in order to limit the number of records. To execute this type of search,
select Option 7 and enter the requested search statements.
77
ENTER THE RECORD FRAGMENT : HAZARDOUS ASSESSMENT
WHICH OF THE 5 KEY SEQUENCES WILL CONTROL THE SEARCH (1-5) 7 1
ENTER DATE ASSIGNED : 82
CBOOK NUMBER] 000092 CLAB PROJECT NUMBER] Q221 CRESEARCHER] DUKE TOM
(NORTON) CDATE ASSIGNED] 82-05-17 CLAB NOTEBOOK TITLE] DRILLING FLUID HAZARD
ASSESSMENT
9.8 Signing-off
To exit the Laboratory Notebook System, select Option 10 from the menu or enter
an asterisk command at the menu level. The session will be terminated and the
system will display a sign-off message.
9.9 Circulation Subsystem
The Circulation Subsystem is used to add borrower information, consisting of
the borrower's name and the check-out date, to records already held in the
Laboratory Notebook System. A circulation profile is created for each item
and lists the names of all borrowers, the dates checked out and in, and the
87
-------
number of circulations. Circulation reports are generated which list items by
notebook number and by borrower name.
9.9.1 Signlng-on
The Circulation Subsystem operates in FULL authorization mode. To sign-on,
enter the following sequence of identification codes.
[NOTE](CR)
Password(CR)
Account. IP(CR)
L@CIRCJ(CR)
9.9.2 Record Retrieval
The Circulation Subsystem is not menu-driven. Following sign-on, it requests
that you ENTER THE BOOK NUMBER. To retrieve a specific record, the notebook
number must be entered exactly as it appears in the Laboratory Notebook System.
A non-specific search term may retrieve multiple records.
ENTER THE BOOK NUMBER -
9.9.3 Record Display
Records retrieved from the Laboratory Notebook System display only that
information which is pertinent to the circulation function. For items not currently
in circulation, this consists of the book number, title, and researcher name.
LABORATORY HOLDING
300K NUMBER - 000073
RGB'S—CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
GILLIAM W. T.
!00 YOU WISH TO C^CK-OUTCO) OR RET'JRMCD THE N3TEB30K ?
For circulating items, borrower information is also displayed,
LASORATCRY HOLDING
300K NUMBER - 000030
RJ5 FATE SCREEN OATA
3UTLER LARRY
SPAIN JIM
33-05-09
00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUT(O) OR RcTURN(l) THE NOTEBOOK ?
9.9.4 Notebook Check-out
To indicate that a notebook has been checked out, select Option 0 and enter the
requested data. Borrower name is entered last name first. Check-out date is
entered in YY-MM-DD format. This information is added to the record and the
ENTER THE BOOK NUMBER prompt repeated. The system will not accept a response
of 0 for an item already in circulation.
88
-------
00 TOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURN*!) THE NOTEBOOK 7 0
ENTER THE BORROWERS NAME - MUELLER LEN
ENTER THE CHECK-OUT DATE - 84-03-15
9.9.5 Notebook Check-In
To Indicate that a notebook has been returned, select Option 1. Borrower
Information Is removed from view, but Is preserved as part of the notebook's
circulation profile. The system will not accept a response of 1 for an Item
not in circulation.
00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RETURNU) THE NOTEBOOK 1 1
9.9.6 Requesting Circulation Profile
Although the system does not display this option, you may view an item's check-
out history by entering 2 in response to the check-out/in prompt. If the
notebook has never circulated, no profile exists and the prompt will simply be
repeated. If it has circulated, the profile will be displayed and the prompt
repeated.
00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OimO) OR RETURNU) THE NOTEBOOK 1 2
SPAIN JIM
0
83-06-07
8*- 5-03
9.9.7 Advancing Through/Exiting the Circulation Subsystem
The asterisk command is used to return to the ENTER THE BOOK NUMBER prompt from
any record display and to exit the system entirely.
00 YOU WISH TO CHECK-OUTCO) OR RcTURN(l) THE BOOK ? *
ENTER THE BOOK NUMBER - *
10:53:^0 SIZE: 28* CPU: lo.so STATUS: SUCCESS
LOGO
USER NOTE UIC C320.376D TT02: 10:53:41 22-MAY-84
CONNECT TIME 06 M SYSTEM UTILIZATION 18 MCTS
BYE
USER LOGGED OFF ON 22-MAV-84 AT 10:53:44
SYSTEM UTILIZATION 18 MEGA-CORE-TICKS
CONNECT TINE 0:06
TOTAL SESSION CHARGES $0.78
89
-------
10. LITERATURE SEARCH SYSTEM
This chapter provides Information specific to the Literature Search System.
Refer to Chapter 3 for a detailed explanation of the procedures used to operate
all EPALIT library systems.
10.1 Content of the Literature Search System
The Literature Search System is essentially a log of all searches performed by
the library on external and commercial databases. Its purpose is twofold: to
correlate search activity to individual requestors and to permanently store
search strategies for later use. Each record contains some or all of the
following information: job/search number, laboratory project number, originator,
phone number, request date, branch chief, search description, keyterms,
searcher's name, estimated cost, execution date, search strategy, number of
hits, number of prints, and search evaluation. Two index reports are produced:
one arranged by originator's name and one by keyterms.
10.2 Signing-on
The Literature Search System operates in FULL authorization mode, permitting
record input, retrieval, modification, and deletion. Transactions are posted
to the record and its key files as they occur, ensuring immediate retrlevability.
To sign-on, enter the following identification codes.
[JOBS](CR)
Password(CR)
Account ID(CH)
LPSRCHJ(CR)
[SRCHjTerminal ID(CR)*
Terminal Type(CR)**
* = two character numeric code displayed to the screen during sign-on.
** = one character numeric code indicating the type of terminal being used:
hardcopy terminal [2], DEC VT52 [1], or generic scrolling device [0].
10.3 System Menu
After sign-on is complete, the following option menu is offered.
File 4 is unoccupied.
Note that Key
00 YOU WISH TO
SEARCH FOR A DOCUMENT BY:
01: SEARCH NO
02: ORIGINATOR
03: BRANCH CHIEF
04:
05: KEVTERN
LITERATURE SEARCH SYSTEM
OR
06: ADO A DOCUMENT TO THE FILE
07: SEARCH BY RECORD FRAGMENT
08: SEARCH BY KEY CONTENTS ANALYSIS
09:
10: TERMINATE THE SYSTEM
Transactions should be initiated, executed, and terminated using the procedures
described in Chapter 3.
(June 1984)
90
-------
10.4 Itx... ,^~, ~
Records in the Literature Search System currently consist of fifteen information
fields. An information field may contain a single entry, multiple entries of
equal value, or it may be left void. The basic characteristics of each field,
including entry format and search status, are given below. Unless otherwise
indicated, omit closing punctuation when entering data.
*** = key field
10.4.1 JOB NO***
This field contains the number assigned to a search to uniquely identify it.
Any format may be used, but should be followed consistently. This field is
directly searchable under Key File 1.
ENTER J03 NO. : 84-011
10.4.2 LAB PROJECT NO
This field contains the project number under which the search is authorized.
It is not directly searchable.
ENTER LAB PROJECT NO. : Q144
10.4.3 ORIGINATOR**
This field contains the name of the person(s) initiating the search. Names
should be entered last name first with multiple entries separated by double
slashes. This field can be searched directly under Key File 2.
ENTER ORIGINATOR : MCKENNEY CHUCK
ENTER ORIGINATOR : COUCH JOHN CLEE COURTNEY)
10.4.4 PHONE
This field contains the phone numbers of the search originator. It is not
directly searchable.
ENTER PHONE : X311
10.4.5 DATE
This field indicates the date of the search request. It is entered in YY-MM-DD
format and is not directly searchable.
ENTER DATE : 82-10-27
91
-------
10.4.6 BRANCH CHIEF***
This field contains the name of the branch chief under whose authority the
search was Initiated. Names should be entered last name first and are directly
searchable under Key File 3.
ENTER BRANCH CHIEF : LOUE JACK
10.4.7 DESCRIPTION
This field is used to indicate the subject scope of the search. It may be
entered in any format—single term, multiple terms, complete sentences, etc. It
cannot be searched directly.
ENTER DESCRIPTION : ACETYLCHOLINERASE AND CRUSTACEAN RESEARCH
ENTER DESCRIPTION I EFFECTS OF ALTOSIO CNETHOPRENE) ON CRUSTACEANS
10.4.8 KEYTERMS***
This field contains the keyterms used in the search. Multiple terms should be
separated by double slash marks. Keyterms are searchable under Key File 5.
ENTER KETTERNS : ECOL06T//FIELO STUDIES
ENTER KETTERNS : FENTHION//ANALTSIS/SEOINENT
10.4.9 SEARCHER
This field contains the name of the database searcher. Any uniform format is
acceptable. This field cannot be searched directly.
ENTER SEARCHER : ANOREE LOMRT
10.4.10 ESTIMATE OF COST
This field contains a dollar cost estimate. It is not directly searchable.
ENTER ESTIMATE OF COST : 16.00
10.4.11 DATE END
This field is used to indicate the date on which a search was executed and/or
prints recieved. It is entered in YY-MM-DD format and is not directly searchable,
ENTER DATE END : 84-01-10
10.4.12 SEARCH STRATEGY
This field indicates the file(s) in which the search was run, the terms used,
92
-------
and the execution sequence. It cannot be searched directly.
ENTER SEARCH STRATEGY : WATER RESOURCES ABSTRACTS (FILE 117): CD
ENTER SEARCH STRATEGY : PESTICIOfSt (2) MONITORING* C3> COASTAL MARSHES OR
ENTER SEARCH STRATEGY : COASTS 0* ESTUARIES OR SHORES, (4) DISTRIBUTION
ENTER SEARCH STRATEGY : 1 AND 2 ANO 3 AND 4
10.4.13 HITS
This field is used to indicate the number of hits or postings derived from a
search. It cannot be searched directly.
ENTER HITS : 6
10.4.14 PRINTS
This field is used to indicate the number of on- or off-line prints produced
from a search. It is not directly searchable.
ENTER PRINTS : 33
10.4.15 EVALUATION
This field contains a brief indication of the success of the search strategy,
It cannot be searched directly.
ENTER EVALUATION : NO LUCK
ENTER EVALUATION : SEARCH WAS NOT SUCCESSFUL
10.5 Record Input
When Option 6 is selected from the menu, the system offers the following input
prompts.
NEW RECORD
ENTER JOB NO :
ENTER LAB PROJECT NO. I
ENTER ORIGINATOR :
ENTER PHONE :
ENTER DATE :
ENTER BRANCH CHIEF :
ENTER DESCRIPTION :
ENTER KEVTERMS :
ENTER SEARCHER :
ENTER ESTIMATE OF COST :
ENTER DATE END :
ENTER SEARCH STRATEGY :
ENTER NITS :
ENTER PRINTS :
ENTER EVALUATION :
The procedure described in Section 3.8 and the constraints implied by the field
descriptions in Section 10.4 should be used to complete this list.
93
-------
10.6 Sample Records
These samples represent records in the Literature Search System. They illustrate
the format 1n which data is entered and displayed on-line.
10.6.1 Single File/Single Strategy Search
CJOB NO] 83-002 (ORIGINATOR] SCHOOR PETE (PHONEJ X276 (DATE] 82-10-14
CBRANCH CHIEF! COUCH JOHN (DESCRIPTION] EFFECTS OF ALTOSIO CMETHOPRENE) ON
CRUSTACEANS; DETERMINATION (ANALYSIS) OF ALTOSIO IN CRUSTACEANS CSEARCHERJ
ANOREE LOMRY CESTIMATE OF COST! 7.50 COATE END) 82-10-18 CSEARCM STRATEGY]
8IOSIS PREVIEWS (FILES 5* 55): CD BC-75112 MALACOSTRACA OR CC-64054 INVERTS
PHYSIOL-CRUSTACEA, (2) METHOPRENS OR ALTOSIO; (3) 1 AND 2 — 11 HITSt 11
PRINTS. TOXLlNEt TOXBACK: (1) 40596-69-8 OR ALTOSIO OR RABAT OR NANTA OR
METHOPRENE. (2) CRUSTACEA OR ALL ARTERNIA OR ALL CRAB OR ALL BARNACLE OR ALL
CRAYFISH OR ALL OAPHNIA OR ALL LOBSTER OR ALL SHRINP, (3) 1 AND 2 — 4 HITS* 4
PRINTS (KEYTERMS3 ALTOSIO//METHOPRENE//CRUSTACEANS (MITS3 15 (PRINTS3 IS
10.6.2 Multiple File/Multiple Strategy Search
CJOB NOD 83-001 (ORIGINATOR] LEFCOURT PAUL (PHONE) X316 COATEJ 82-10-13
CBRANC CHIEF! 60URQUIN AL (DESCRIPTION] MOST RECENT PUBLICATIONS/REPORTS ON
THE DISTRIBUTION OF PESTICIDES IN MATER/SEDIMENT/BIOTA OF U.S. COASTAL WATERS
CSEARCHER3 ANDREE LOWRV (ESTIMATE OF COST] 5.00 COATE END] 82-10-15 CSEARCH
STRATEGY] WATER RESOURCES ABSTRACTS CFILE 117): <1) PESTICIDES OR ORGANIC
PESTICIDES, (2) MONITORING. C3) COASTAL MARSHES OR COASTS OR ESTUARIES OR
SHORES* (4) DISTRIBUTION 1 AND 2 AND 3 AND 4 CKEVTERMS] PESTICIOES//OR6ANIC
PESTICIDESS/NONITORING//COASTAL WATERS//OISTRIBUTION CHITS] 6 (PRINTS] »
10.7 Sample Searches
Records may be retrieved using any of the methods described in Section 3.9.
The following samples demonstrate the procedures for executing various searches.
10.7.1 Key File Searches
Key fields may be searched directly through the system's key files. To execute
this type of search, select the desired option number and enter the requested
search statement.
Single Word Search in the JOB NO File
ENTER SEARCH NO. : 83-029
CJOB NO] 83-029 CORIGINATOR] BORTHWlCK PAT COATE3 83-08-29 CBRANCH CHIEF)
LOWE (DESCRIPTION] TOXICITY STUDIES ON THE ACUTE EFFECTS ON FISHES OF TWO
PESTICIDES (CHLORPYRIFOS* CAS* 2921-88-2* AND THIOBENCARB* CAS* 28249-77-6)
(SEARCHER] ANOREE LOWRV (ESTIMATE OF COST] 125.54 (DATE END] 83-09-03
(SEARCH STRATEGY] SEARCHED ALL BIOLOGICAL DATA BASES: (1) CHLORPVRIFOS OR
OURSBAN OR LORSBAN; (2) BENTHIOCARB OR THIOBENCARB; C3) TOXIC OR TOXICITY OR
TOXICOLOGY;
-------
ENTER ORIGINATOR : RICHARDS NORN
CJOB NO] 83-016 CORIGINATOR3 RICHARDS NORN COATE3 83-03-02 COESCRIPTION3 DOT
AND ITS METABOLITES IN MARINE ORGANISMS. REGION IX WOULD LIKE TO KNOW IF 00*
AND OTHER DDT METABOLITES ARE ACCUMULATING IN MARINE ORGANISMS AND SEDIMENTS IN
CALIFORNIA, PARTICULARLY IN PELICANS. THE VICINITY OF SAN DIEGO. LOS ANGELES*
MONTERSY, AND SANTA CRUZ ARE PARTICULARLY RELEVANT. CSEARCHER3 ANOREE LOWRY
CESTIMATE OF COST3 110.00 COATE EN03 83-03-07
Record Fragment Search in the BRANCH CHIEF File
ENTER BRANCH CHIEF : BOURQUIN*
CJOB N03 83-020 CORIGINATOR3 RUBINSTEIN NORN CPHONE3 X30S COATE3 83-04-29
CBRANCH CHIEF] BOURQUIN AL CDESCRIPTIOND INFORMATION ON AQUATIC FOOD CHAIN AND
TRANSFER OF CONTAMINANTS CPCBS) CSEARCHER3 ANOREE LOURV CESTIMATE OF COST3
31.00 CDATE END3 83-OS-06 CSEARCH STRATEGY3 BIOSIS: (1) FOOOCUKHAIN?; C2>
POLYOOCHLORINATEOCIOPNENYL: (3) AQUATIC OR BENTHICt (4) SI AND S2 AND S3
CKEVTERMS3 FOOD CHAIN//AQUATIC//BENTHIC//POLVCHLORINATEO PHENOLS//PCB CHITS1
165 CPRINTS 3 165
Boolean Search in the KEYTERMS File
ENTER KEYTERM : »GAStCHROMATOGRAPH
CJOB NOD 83-013 CORIGINATORW LEFCOURT PAUL CPHONE3 X316 COATED 83-01-03
CDESCRIPTION3 SEARCH COMPOUNDS FOR SOLUBILITY* MICROBIOLOGY, AND GAS
CHROMATOGR4PMY. SEE SEARCH REQUEST FORM FOR LIST OF COMPOUNDS CSEARCHERJ
ANOREE LOWRY CESTIMATE OF COST] 80.00 COATE END] 83-01-10 CSEARCH STRATEGY]
CALLED CAS SEARCH ASSISTANCE DESK FOR VERIFICATION OF SEARCH STRATEGY: CD
SOLY OR SOLUBILITY; «> MICROBIOL OR MICROBIOLOGY: ca> GASCMKMRONATOGRAPHY OR
CNROMATOGRAPHV, GAS: <4) RN- ; (5) CC1) OR <2> OR (3)3 AND (4> CKEYTERMS3
SOLUBILITY, MICROBIOLOGY, CHROMATOGRAPHY, GAS AND COMPOUNDS CPRINTS3 112
10.7.2! Key Contents Analysis Search
This option allows you to search a concatenation of the key files with a Boolean
expression of word fragments. To execute this type of search, select Option 8
from the menu and enter the search statement.
95
-------
78
ENTER THE SEARCH PARAMETERS -
PELXCANtRXCHAROS
CJOB NO] 83-016 [ORIGINATOR] RICHARDS NORN COATE1 83-03-02 [DESCRIPTION] DOT
AND ITS METABOLITES IN MARINE ORGANISMS. REGION IX NOULO LIKE TO KNOW IP OOA
ANO ITS NETABOLITQS ARE ACCUMULATING IN MARINE ORGANISMS ANO SEDIMENTS IN
CALIFORNIA* PARTICULARLY IN PELICANS. THE VICINITY OF SAN OIEGO* LOS ANGELES*
MONTEREY* ANO SANTA CRUZ ARE PARTICULARLY RELEVANT [SEARCHER] ANOREE LOURV
CESTINATE OP COST3 110.00 COATE END] 83-03-07 CSEARCH STRATEGY! SEARCHED
NTIS* SCI SEARCH* DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS* ENVXROLINE* POLLUTION ABSTRACTS* ANO
ZOOLOGICAL RECORD: OOA OR DOE OR ODD OR DOT* <2> PELICAN? OR SEACIOOTTER?;
(3) 1 AND 2$ BIOSIS (1) OOA OR 000 OR DOE OR DOT! <2> PELICAN7 OR 8C- 85550 OR
BE* T51? OR BC« 610? OR BC* 852* 1 AND 2 [EVALUATIONS GOOD SEARCH CKEVTERNS3
OOA//000//OOE//OOT//PELICANS CHITS) 16T [PRINTS] 16T
10.7.3 Record Fragment Search
A record fragment search examines the complete contents of the database for the
occurrence of a specific character string. It can be defined through one of the
key files to reduce the number of records examined. It is executed by
selecting Option 7 and entering the requested search statements.
77
ENTER THE RECORD FRAGMENT : 84-03
WHICH OF THE 5 KEY SEQUENCES HILL CONTROL THE SEARCH (1-5) 7 2
ENTER ORIGINATOR : CLARK
CJOB NO] 84-018 [ORIGINATOR] CLARK JIN [DATE] 84-03-09 [DESCRIPTION)
TOXXCOLOGICAL DATA ON PHQNANTHRENE: 1*2*4 TRICHLOROBENZENE; 1*2*4 OINITROPHENOL
[SEARCHER] ANDREE LOWRY [ESTIMATE OF COST] 50.00 [DATE END] 84-03-09 [SEARCH
STRATEGY] SEARCHED TOXICOLOGICAL DATA BANK* RTECS ANO CHEMICAL EXPOSURE
[EVALUATION] GOOD [KEVTERNS] PHENANTHRENE; 1*2*4 TRICHLOROBENZENE; 1*2*4
TRICHLOROBENZENE [HITS] 8 [PRINTS] 8
10.8 Signing-off
To exit the Literature Search System, select Option 10 from the menu or enter
an asterisk command at the menu level. The session will be terminated and the
system will display the following sign-off message.
JOBlll — STOP
08:55:09 SIZE: 32K CPU: 2:25:75 STATUS: SUCCESS
LOGO
USER JOBS UIC [320*2001 TT03: 08:55:10 6-MAY-84
CONNECT TINE 42 M SYSTEM UTILIZATION 280 MCTS
BYE
USER LOGGED OFF ON 06-NAV-84 AT 08:55:13
SYSTEM UTILIZATION 280 MEGA-CORE-TICKS
CONNECT TINE 0:43
TOTAL SESSION CHARGES $10.12
96
-------
11. GLOSSARY
Acoustic Coupler - a device which performs signal conversions which enable a
standard voice telephone to be used to transmit data between a terminal and a
computer.
Application Program - a program designed to perform a specific task.
Authorization Mode - a level of system operation that determines which transactions
are available to a user; see FULL Mode, DELAYED POSTING Mode, and RESTRICTED Mode.
Boolean Operator - a symbol used with terms in a search statement to form an
expression which may be logically evaluated; in library systems, the operators
AND (&), OR (/), and NOT (-) are used.
Character - one of a group of alphanumeric or other symbols used to record
data (A, N, W, 2, 5, 9, ., *, #, etc.).
Command - a word or symbol entered by a user to instruct a computer system to
execute a specific task.
Control Command - a command to the operating system using the control key (CTRL)
and some character suffix.
Data - a character aggregate which is meaningful to the user and is processed
and stored by the computer.
Database - a group of records which represent original documents, located on a
mass storage device and accessible through a structured order of keys.
Database Restructure - actions taken against the computer files which comprise
a database to restore optimum efficiency of organization to the files.
Data Element - a set of characters treated as a whole and used to store a
defined type of information.
DEC VTS2 Terminal - a terminal with direct cursor placement control; any terminal
that conforms to the VT52 as a standard.
Dedicated Line - a telecommunications line which directly connects a terminal
to a computer.
DELAYED POSTING Mode - an authorization mode which offers the full range of
capabilities, but provides improved response time during input and modification
transactions by delaying the posting of these transactions to key files until
the database is restructured.
EPALIT - a program which provides logical resources to the application programs,
permitting file organization, search strategies, and record retrieval.
False Drops - records which match the serach criteria, but are not relevant to
the search objective.
97
-------
Field - one or more data elements which constitute a logical unit.
F11 e - an organized collection of data.
Frequency Count - a computer generated listing of terms found in a database
subset which shows the number of times each term occurs in the subset.
FULL Mode - an authorization mode which offers the full range of system
capabilities—record input, retrieval, modification, and deletion—at a fully
interactive level of operation.
Hardcopy - computer output which exhibits portability and permanence of form.
Hardcopy Terminal - a nonscrolling device which provides printed output for
user reference.
Input- the process of transferring data into a computer system; the data which
is input.
Input Prompt - instructions for the user which are provided by a computer system.
Interactive - two-way communication between a user and a computer system.
Item Record - a collection of related information fields which represent an
original document and are treated as a whole.
Key - a field which has been designated a record identifier and direct access
point.
Key File - an alphanumeric index, populated by keys, which provides direct
access to records in a database.
KWIC - acronym for Keyword-In-Context; a computer generated ordered index
containing highlighted keywords surrounded by the context in which they occur.
KWOC - acronym for Keyword-Out-of-Context; a computer generated ordered index
which provides the keyword context verbatim and lists keywords as highlighted
headings.
On-line System - a system in which the user is in direct and continuous
communication with the application program and its data resources.
Operating System - a program by which a computer manages its application
programs.
Output - the process of transferring data from a computer system to the outside
world; the data which is output.
Posting - the process of adding, modifying, or deleting data in an existing
record or key file.
Program - a series of instructions by which a computer can execute a specific
task.
98
-------
Report Generator - a program which can compile other programs to produce reports
In specific formats and sequences.
Response Time - the time between the input of data for processing by a computer
system and a system response.
RESTRICTED Mode - an authorization mode intended for patron use which limits
system transactions to the retrieval of records.
Scrolling Terminal - a featureless CRT device.
Search - the process of finding records in a database, either with the assistance
of a review of the key files or by direct inspection of the database itself.
Search Statement - a term or combination of terms entered by a user which
instruct the computer system, to retrieve records containing a like term or term
combination.
Session - an association between a user and a computer system which begins with
a specific access sequence, is followed by an exchange of data, and ends with a
termination command.
Sign-off - the procedure by which a user ends a terminal session; accomplished
in library systems by selecting Option 10 from the menu or by entering an
asterisk command.
Sign-on - the procedure by which a user begins a terminal session; accomplished
in library systems by accessing EPALIT and entering a sequence of system-specific
identification codes.
Subfile - a component of a file which contains logically equivalent but distinct
entries (Author/Corporate Author).
System - a group of component devices and people, executing clearly defined
operations for the purpose of achieving pre-established goals.
Terminal - an input/output device for communicating with a computer; see DEC
VT52 Terminal, Hardcopy Terminal, and Scrolling Terminal.
Transaction - a user initiated data entry which is intended to produce a logical
consequence within the system.
User - the person communicating with a computer system.
99
-------
APPENDIX A - BATCH STREAM COMMANDS FOR DATABASE RESTRUCTURE AND REPORT GENERATION
A batch stream command 1s a pre-constructed stream of Instructions which take
the place of the user In an Interactive system. It Is often used to Implement
a routine for which a recurrent need exists. In the EPALIT system, batch
stream commands are used to restructure the databases and to generate reports.
The restructuring process restores optimum efficiency of organization to database
files by integrating new and modified records, removing deleted records, and
extending the space available for record storage. This procedure should be
performed weekly if database usage is low, bi-weekly or nightly if the transaction
level is high. The question mark command (Section 3.7.1) generates a system
status report which shows the number of transactions awaiting restructure and
can be used to evaluate the current restructure frequency.
Report generation falls into two categories: routine reports and special
reports. Routine reports are generated on a regular basis and in an established
format. The issue frequency varies according to how often a database is
significantly updated and the intended use of the report. Special reports are
generated to meet specific short-term needs, although they may become routine
reports if an ongoing need develops. Special reports are usually derived from
a database subset and/or exhibit some variation in format.
This appendix 1s intended to assist the librarian in communicating with computer
systems personnel. It consists of the routines required in each library system
to implement database restructure and report generation. It is the responsibility
of systems personnel to independently schedule and execute these routines based
on criteria prepared by the librarian.
-------
Library Holdings System
Batch Stream Command
Function
SUB [320,31]LIBRRST(CR)
Restructures the database and
generates a batch log.
SUB [320,31]INDEX(CR)
SET DEF [320,30](CR)
PR TITIND.RPT AUTIND.RPT SUBIND.RPT
JORIND.RPT(CR)
Generates the four routine
index reports—title, author,
subject, and journal.
Sets default to directory
location.
Prints the index reports
off-line.
SUB [320,31]PRODCHEK(CR)
SET DEF [320,30](CR)
PR CHEKRPT.RPT CHEKTTL.RPT CHEKONO.RPT(CR)
Generates the routine circu-
lation and publications on
order reports.
Sets default to directory
location.
Prints the circulation and
publications on order reports
off-line.
SET DEF [32U,31](CR)
COP AUTHOR.BIS SMITH.BIS(CR)
EDI SMITH.BIS(CR)
PL RUN(CR)
(CR)
0 SMITH(CR)
RENAME AUTIND.RPT SMITH.RPT(CR)
ED(CR)
SUB [320,31]SMITH(CR)
PR [320,30]SMITH.RPT(CR)
Sets default to batch stream
command location.
Sets up batch stream command
for generating an author-
specific index; in this case,
SMITH.
Generates the SMITH index
report.
Prints the SMITH index report
off-line.
A-l
-------
Contribution System (In-House/Extramural Publ1catlons)
Batch Stream command
Function
SUB [320,161]ERLGRST(CR)
SUB [320,161]REPORTS(CR)
SET DEF [320,160](CR)
PR REPORT1.RPT REPORT2.RPT REPORT3.RPT
REPORT*.RPT REPORT5.RPT REPORTS.RPT
REPORT?.RPT REPORTS.RPT REPORT9.RPT(CR)
Restructures the database and
generates a batch log.
Generates the nine routine
index reports.
Sets default to directory
location.
Prints the index reports
off-line.
SUB [320,161]ALLYEARS(CR)
PR [320,161]DIRECTORY.RPT(CR)
PR [320,160]ODDIRECT.RPT(CR)
SUB [320,161]INPRESS(CR)
PR [320,160]INPRESS.RPT(CR)
Generates the principal and
supplemental directories with
author and title keyword
indices. The principal direc-
tory consists of all post- 1970
publications except abstracts,
book reviews, speeches, and
unpublished reports. The
supplemental directory consists
of all items excluded from the
principal directory.
Prints the principal directory
off-line.
Prints the supplemental
directory off-line.
Generates an unindexed directory
of all in press and in prepara-
tion items.
Prints the in press/in prep
directory off-line.
SUB [320,161]ERLGKW(CR)
SET DEF [320,160](CR)
Initiates a keyword analysis of
the title field.
Sets default to directory
location.
A-2
-------
PR KWOC2.RPT KWOC3.RPT KWOC4.RPT
KWOC5.RPT(CR)
SUB [320,161]SENTENCE(CR)
PR [320,160]KWOC6.RPT(CR)
Prints keyword-out-of-context
(2), keyword-1n-context(3),
term with record identifier(4),
and term frequency count(b)
reports off-line.
Generates the sentence ranking
report.
Prints the sentence ranking
report off-line.
A-3
-------
Reprint System
Batch Stream command
Function
SUB [320,321]REPRST(CR)
SUB [320,321]ALL AUTH(CR)
PR [320,320]DIRECTORY.RPT(CR)
Restructures the database and
generates a batch log.
Generates a directory report in
first author order.
Prints the directory report
offline.
A-4
-------
Specialized Bibl1oqraphy System
Batch Stream Comnand
Function
SUB [320,45]BIBLRST(CR)
SET DEF [320,44](CR)
RUN BIBLTST(CR)
PR BIBLTST.RPT(CR)
RUN BIBLCARD(CR)
>R BIBLCARD.RPT(CR)
Restructures the database and
generates a batch log.
Sets default to directory
location.
Generates a bibliography in a
format suitable for 8% x 11
inch paper.
Prints bibliography offline.
Generates a bibliography in a
format suitable for 3 x 5
inch cards.
Prints bibliography offline.
A-5
-------
Slide Collection System
Batch Stream Command Function
SUB [320,33]SLIDRST(CR) Restructures the database and
generates a batch log.
PR [320,32]SLIDRP.RPT(CR) Prints the circulation report
in borrower name sequence. **
PR [320,32]SLIDRQ.RPT(CR) Prints the circulation report
in slide number sequence. **
** The tasks which generate these reports are submitted automatically
following restructure.
A-6
-------
Laboratory Notebook System
Batch Stream Command Function
SUB [320,377]NOTERST(CR) Restructures the database and
generates a batch log.
PR [320,376]NOTERP.RPT(CR) Prints the circulation report
in borrower name sequence. **
PR [320,376]NOTERQ.RPT(CR) Prints the circulation report
in book number sequence. **
** The tasks which generate these reports are submitted automatically
following restructure.
A-7
-------
Literature Search System
Batch Stream Command
Function
SUB [320,201]JOBSRST(CR)
Restructures the database and
generates a batch log.
A-8
-------
APPENDIX B - SAMPLE REPORTS
The following samples represent reports currently used by the library of the
Environmental Research Laboratory, Gulf Breeze. The report generating commands
listed 1n Appendix A will produce equivalent reports from your database. Report
content and format are flexible and the options available for modifying them
should be discussed with your computer systems manager.
-------
Library Holdings System
B-l
-------
I
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULP BRtEZE, FLORIDA 32551
TITLE INDEX
(12/13/83 PAGE 227)
I
cSL-TR
SEE
DE
-81-54
ANALYSIS AMD ENVI R3NME NTAL FATc
NSITY FUELS CDCS E5L-TR-31-541
OF AIR FtlRCE DISTILLATE AND HIGH
'SSSAYS
YORK
IN TOXICOLOGY,, VOLo 20\\ 3LOODB FRANK R0 PU3RS ACADEMIC P^ESS0\\ NEd
\\ 1970o SUBJS TOXICOLOGY—COLLECTED WDRKS\_TOXICOLOGY--POPULAR
CRA1190oE773
ESSENTIAL INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGYo\\ LAVERACK9 Mo So\_DANDOs Jo PJBRS WILEV0\\
MEW VORK VAo \\ I976o SU3JS PERIPHYTONo CTHESIS CLARK3
THE HAZARD OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES Td AQUATIC LIFE.\\ CAIRNSo
JOHN9 JRo\_DICKSDN9 K0 L<=\_MAKI0 A0 iJo\\ AMERICAM SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND
MATERIALSo COMMITTEE D-19 ON WATERo PUBRS AMERIC&N SOCIETY FOR TESTING AMD
.-1ATERIALSc\\ PHILADELPHIA^ PAo\\ 1973o SERIESS ASTM STP? 6570 SUBJS
i-JATER—POLLUTION — ENVIRONMENTAL ASP£CTS\_AQUATIC ANIMAL59 EFFECT OF WATiR
POLLUTION ON\_ENVIROMMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSISo CQH545oW3E881
ESTIMATING THE POTENCY OF MUTAGENSS CYTOTQXICITY AS AW OBLIGATORY
CONSEQUEMCE OF MUTAGENICITY
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF 3REEZE, FLORIDA 32551
AUTHOR INDEX
(12/12/83 PAGE 54)
CAIRNS* JOHN
3IOL3GICAL METHODS FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF WATER QUALITY; ft
PRESENTED IT THE SEVENTY-FIFTH ANNUAL MEETING, AMERICAN
TESTING AN3 MATERIALS CQH91.57.B5S95 19723
RECOVERY AMD RESTORATION OF DAMAGED ECOSYSTEMS: PROCEEDINGS OF THE
INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON THE RECOVERY OF DAMAGED ECOSYSTEMS HELD AT
VIRGINIA POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE AMD STATE UNIVERSITY, BLACKSBUR3, VA, 0,M
MARCH 23-24, 1975 EQH545.I575 19753
RECOVERY PROCESS IN DAMAGED ECOSYSTEMS CQH540.R433
USE 3F FISH MOVEMENT PATTERNS TO MONITOR ZINC ESH177.ZSC353
SYMPOSIUM
SOCIETY FOtf
CAIRNS. JOHN, JR.
ANALYZING THE HAZARD EVALUATION PROCESS: PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP HELD IN
t-JATERVILLE VALLEY, NEW HAMPSHIRE, AUGUST 14-18* 1978 C £H91 . 57. B5A503
3IDLOGICAL DATA IN WATER POLLUTION ASSESSMENT: QUANTITATIVE AND STATISTICAL
ANALYSES CQH90. 57B5B581
3IOLOGICAL MONITORING OF WATER AND EFFLUENT QUALITY CTD423.S90 19753
SIOTRANSFORMATION AND FATE OF CHEMICALS IN THE AQUATIC ENVIRONMENT:
PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP HELD AT THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN BIOLOGICAL
STATION, PcLLSTON, MICHIGAN, 14-18 AUGUST, 1979 CQH530 . 5. B563
EFFECTS OF FLUCTUATING, 5UBLETHAL APPLICATIONS OF HEAVY METAL SOLUTIONS JPDM
THE GILL VENTILATION RESPONSE OF BLUEGILLS (LEPDMIS MACROCHIRUS)
CEPA-600/3-81-0033
ESTIMATING THE HAZARD OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TO AQUATIC LIFE CQH545. H3E88D
MODELING THE FATE OF CHEMICALS IN THE AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS C3H545.W3M63
19811
STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF FRESH-WATER MICRQBIAL COMMUNITIES CQR105. 5. S33
CAIRNS, STEPHEN D.
MARINE FLORA AND FAUNA OF THE NORTHEASTERN UMITED STATES. SCLERACTINIA
CS2361.A2C2 4333
CAKE, EDWIN WC3D, JR.
LARVAL AND POSTLARVAL CESTODE PARASITES OF SHALLOW- WATER, 8ENTHIC MQLLUSKS
OF THE GULF 3F MEXICO FROM THE FLORIDA KEYS TO THE MISSISSIPPI SOUND
CGL391.P7C341
I
ALA3RESE, EDWARD J.
METHODOLOGICAL APPROACHES TO DERIVING ENVIRONMENTAL AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
STANDARDS ERA566.C27 19783
ALCOTT, PETER H.
CONTINUOUS CULTURES OF CELLS CQH585.C67 VOL. 13
Rs D. R.
SHRIMP FISHERY OF THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES: A MANAGEMENT PROFILE
CSn330.62.U5S63
CALDER, DALE
BIBLIOGRAPHY ON THE SCYPHOZOA WITH SELECTED REFERENCES ON HYDROZOA AND
ANTHQZOA CQL377.S4C33
3-1/2
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF BREEZE, FLORIDA 32551
AUTHOR INDEX
(12/12/83 PAGE 91)
DIAZ-COLON, J, D,
SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY DF THE PHENOXY HERBICIDES VI. METHODS 3F EXTRACTION
AND ANALYSIS CSB951.4.D52 Mil
SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE PHEMOXY HERBICIDES VII. MILITARY USES
LSB951.4.D52 VII3
DICKERSON, W. A.
ARTHROPOD SPECIES IN CULTURE IN THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER COUNTRIES
CQL434.3.A73
DICKINSON, JOHN J.
DISTRIBUTION 3F GAMMARIDtAN
CSH11.UN4.2 7463
AMPHIPODA (CRUSTACEA) ON GEORGES BANK
DICKINSON, JOHN J.
ET AL.
DISTRIBUTION OF GAMMARIDtAN AMPHIPODA
BIGHT REGION CSH11-UN4.2 7413
CCRUSTACEA) IN THE MIDDLE ATLANTIC
DICKSON* K. L.
AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY AMD HAZARD ASSESSMENT: PROCEEDINGS OF THE FOURTH ANUUAL
SYMPOSIUM ON AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY CQH545. W3S9 19793
3IOLOGICAL DATA IN WATER POLLUTION ASSESSMENT: QUANTITATIVE AMD STATISTICAL
ANALYSES CQH90 . 57B5B58 3
ESTIMATING THE HAZARD OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TO AQUATIC LIFE CQH545. W3E833
DICKSON, KENNETH
RECOVERY AND RESTORATION OF DAMAGED ECOSYSTMMS: PROCEEDINGS OF THE
INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON THE RECOVERY OF DAMAGED ECOSYSTEMS HELD AT
VIRGINIA POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE AND STATE UMIVESSITY, BLACKSBURS, VA, ON
MARCH 23-24, 1375 CQH545.I575 19753
KENNETH L.
ANALYZING THE HAZARD EVALUATION PROCESS: PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP HELD IN
WATERVILLE VALLEY, NEW HAMPSHIRE, AUGUST 14-18, 1978 C 3H91 . 57. 35A503
BIOLOGICAL METHODS FDR THE ASSESSMENT OF WATER QUALITY: A SYMPOSIUM
PRESENTED AT THE SEVENTY-FIFTH ANNUAL MEETING, AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR
TESTING AND MATERIALS CQH91 .57 . B5S95 19723
BIOLOGICAL MONITORING OF WATER AND EFFLUENT QUALITY CTD423.S?0 19753
8IOTRANSFGRMATIOM AND FATE OF CHEMICALS IN THE AQUATIC ENVIRONMENT:
PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP HELD AT THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN BIOLOGICAL
STATION, PELLSTON, MICHIGAN, 14-18 AUGUST, 1979 EQrt 530 .5. B563
MODELING THE FATE OF CHEMICALS IN THE AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS CQH545.W3M63
19313
DIEMER, FERDINAND P.
ADVANCED CONCEPTS IN OCEAN MEASUREMENTS FOR MARINE BIOLOGY C QH91 .57. A1A33
OIENER, RICHARD ft.
COOPERATIVE GULF OF MEXICO ESTUARINE INVENTORY AND STUDY—TEXAS:
DESCRIPTION ISK361.A2C3 3933
AREA
DIERSING, VICTOR E.
DISTRIBUTION AND SYSTEMATICS OF THE RABBITS CSYLVILZ3US) OF THE WEST-CENTRAL
MEXICO CQL1.S54 NC. 2793
3-1/3
-------
"NVIRCNMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GJLP sREEZE, FL3RIOA 32551
AUTHOR INDEX
(12/12/83 ?A3E 219)
•1ACU3A, PA'JL
ELSEVIER'S DICTIONARY OF EOTANY CQK9-E47 VOL. ID
JAJDOCKSt r^CSALIE F.
REVISION QF RECEMT BAIRDIIDAE COSTSACODA) £Q11.US NO. 2953
MAJELEY, CHARLES R.
VIRUS MGilPHCLOSY CQR360. .4323
.1AJRID, SUSScCSETARIA 3E L3 MARINA MERCANTE. DIREC:iON GtNcRAL DE PESCa
MASITIMA
PRCCEE3IMGS OF THE SIXTH IMTERMATIONAL SEAWEED SYMPCSIJM C3K564.I53 19S83
"•1AGHAN, 5RJCE W.
0^ MEXICO SrIRIM!* ATLAS CSK3S1.A2C2 3123
:iA^L'JMf D. DENMIS, ET AL.
JEVELCPK£KTAL TOXICOLOGY OF ENERGY-RELATED P3LLUTANTS CQL991.H36 1977D
.MAHOODt R03ERT K.
^EPO.^T OM THE COOPERftTIVc BLUE CRA3 STUDY - SOUTH ATLANTIC STATES
EQL444.D3R46J
MAIR, WILLIAM GEORGE PARKED
ATLAS OF T.HE ULTR AST RUCTURE 3F DISEASEO HUMAN MUSCLE CRC925.1233
MAIZELL, R3B2RT :DdA3D
HOW TO FIND CHEMICAL INFORMATION: A GUIDE F3R PRACTICING CHEMISTS,
TEACHERS, AND STUDENTS CQD3.5.^.343
MAJKA, JOSEPH THDf'AS
ADSOt^PTI3N, M03ILITY AND DEGRADATION OF CYAN4ZINE AND OIJRON IN SOILS
MAKI, A. W.
ESTIMATING THE HAZARD OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TO AQUATIC LIFE CQH545. W3E833
MAKI, ALAN W.
ANALYZING THE HAZARD EVALUATION PROCESS: PR JCEE3IMGS 3F A WORKSHOP HELD IN
WATE3VILLE VALLEY, NEW HAMPSHIRE, AUGUST 1^-18, 1978 C 3H91 . 57 . 35A503
3IOTSANSFORMATICN AN3 FATE Or CHEMICALS IN THE A3UATIC ENVIRONMsMT:
PRZCEE3IWGS OF A WORKSHOP HELD AT THE JNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN BIOLOGICAL
STATION), PELLSTOM, MICHIGAN, 14-18 AUGUST, 1979 CQH530 . 5. B 563
MODELING THE FATE OF CHEMICALS IM THE AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS C 3H545 . *I3^63
19813
dALAKHOV, 5. G.
SYMPOSIUM DN ENVIRONMENTAL TRANSPORT AND TRANSFORMATION 3F PESTICIDES
CEPA-600/9-73-3030
MALANCHUK, JOHN
EFFICIENT ALGORITHMS FOR SOLVING SYSTEMS CF ORDINARY DIFFER E MTIAL EQJATUNS
ECOSYSTEM MODELING CSPA-500/3-30-0373
B-l/4
-------
I
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF BREEZE, FLORIDA 32531
SUBJECT INDEX
(12/15/83 PAGE 20)
AQUATIC ANIMALS
ACUTE AND CHROMIC TQXICITY OF HCM TO FISH AND INVERTEBRATES
CEPA-600/3-79-0090
AVAILABILITY DF SEDIMENT-ADSORBED SELECTED PESTICIDES TO 9ENTH3S WITH
PARTICULAR EMPHASIS ON DEPOSIT-FEEDING IN FAUNA ETA7.W34 NO. D-77-34IJ
BROWNS FER3Y 8IOTHERMAL RESEARCH SERIES: II. EFFECTS OF TEMPERATURE ON
3LUEGILL AND WALLEYE, AND PERIPHYTON, MACROINVERTE3RATE, AMD ZOQPLANKTON
COMMUNITIES IN EXPERIMENTAL ECOSYSTEMS CEPA-600/3-79-0923
?4ETHQDS ^OR THE ESTIMATION OF PRODUCTION OF SQUATIC ANIMALS CQL120.W55131
I
[AQUATIC ANIMALS, EFFECT OF WATER POLLUTION ON
CONSIDERATIONS IN SELECTING 3IOASSAY ORGANISES FOR DETERMINING THE POTENTIAL
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OF DREDGED MATERIAL CTA7.t-J34 NO. EL-81-83
EFFECTS OF LOW LEVELS OF OIL ON AQUATIC 3IRDS EQH91.3.Q4B580
EFFECTS OF PETROLEUM ON ARCTIC AND SUBARCTIC MARINE ENVIRONMENTS AND
ORGANISMS: VOL. i., NATURE AND FATE OF PETROLEUM CGC1085.E34 VOL. 10
EFFECTS OF PETROLEUM ON ARCTIC AND SUBARCTIC MARINE ENVIRONMENTS AND
ORGANISMS: VOL. II., BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS CGC1085-E34 VOL. 113
EFFECTS OF SELECTED POLLUTANTS ON GRAZER UTILIZATION OF AUFWJCHS
^DISSERTATION CLARK3
ESTIMATING THE HAZARD OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TO AQUATIC LIFE CQH545.W3E830
LABORATORY STUDIES QM THE EFFECTS OF OIL CM MARINE ORGANISMS: AN OVERVIEW
CQH91.8.04L30
POLLUTION ECOLOGY OF ESTUA3INE INVERTEBRATES CQH541.5.E8P643
iQUATlC ANIMALS, EFFECT OF WATER POLLUTION ON--BIBLIOGRAPHY
aCROLEIN, DALAPON, DICHLOBENIL, OlQUAT, AND ENDOTHAL: BIBLIOGRPPHY OF
TOXICICTY TO AQUATIC ORGANISMS CSH11.A4293 NO, 830
QUATIC ANIMALS, EFFECT OF WATER POLLUTION ON--CONGR5SSES
ANALYZING THE HAZARD EVALUATION PROCESS: PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP HELD IN
WATESVILLE VALLEY, NEW HAMPSHIRE, AUGUST 14-18, 1978 CJH91.57.35ft501
AQUATIC POLLUTANTS AMD BIOLOGIC EFFECTS WITH EMPHASIS ON NEOPLASIA CQH.N5
VOL. 2980
AQUATIC POLLUTANTS: TRANSFORMATION AND SIOLUGICUL EFFECTS C3H543.W3I570
AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY AND HAZARD EVALUATION: PROCEEDINGS OF THE FIRST ANNUAL
SYMPOSIUM ON AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY? A SYMPOSIUM/ SPONSORED BY ASTM COMMITTEE
E-35 GM PESTICIDES CQH545.W3S95 19760
AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY: PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECOND AMNUAL SYMPOSIUM ON AQUATIC
TOXICOLOGY: A SYMPOSIUM/ SPONSORED BY ASTM COMMITTEE E-35 ON PESTICIDES,
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AMD MATERIALS, CLEVELAND, OHIO, 31 OCT.-l
NOV. 1977 IQH545.W3S95 19770
AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY: PROCEEDINGS OF THE THIRD ANNUAL SYMPOSIUM OM AQUATIC
TOXICOLOGY: A SYMPOSIUM SPONSORED BY ASTM COMMITTEE E-35 ON PESTICIDES,
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS, NEW ORLEANS, LA, 17-18 OCT.
1978 C3H545.W3S95 19780
ASSESSMENT Oc SU3LETHAL EFFECTS OF POLLUTANTS IN THE SEA: A ROYAL SOCIETY
DISCUSSION ORGANIZED BY H. A. COLE IN COLLABORATION WITH THE MARINE
POLLUTION SU3COM?4ITTEE OF THE BRITISH NATIONAL COMMITTEE DM OCEANIC
RESEARCH HELD JN 24 AND 25 MAY 1978 CGC1085.R63
BIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF FRESHWATER POLLUTION: PROCEEDINGS OF THE COURSE HELO
AT THE JOINT RESEARCH CENTRE, ISPRA, ITALY, 5-9 JUNE 1978 CQH545.W3B56
19793
3-1/5
-------
L RESEARCH LA80R3iTOR¥
GULF 3REcZ£* FLORIDA 325S1
SUBJECT INDEX
(12/15/83 PAGE 136)
NVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
RECEIPT ADVANCES IN THE ASSESSMENT OF THE HEALTH EFFE:TS 3F ENVIRONMENTAL
POLLUTION INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM PROCEEDINGS, PaRIS9 JUME 2^-28, 1974
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH—CANADA
CA3E3FURAN3 CRITERIA FOR INTERPRETING THE EFFECTS 0= ITS USE ON
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY IOCS NRCC NQ» 167403
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH — COLLECTED WORKS
CHROMATC3RAPHY OP ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH CRA565.F573
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH — EVALUATION
PRINCIPLES FDR EVALUATING CHEMICALS IN THE ENVIRONMENT: A REPORT OF THE
COMMITTEE C0? THE .-JORKING CONFERENCE 0!\i PRINCIPLES OF PROT3CJLS FOR
EVALUATING CHEMICALS IN THE ENVIRONMENT, ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES BOARD,
NATIONAL ACADE'-IY OF SCIENCES-NATIONAL ACADEMY 3F ENGINEERING, AND
COMMITTEE ON TJXICQL3G1/, NflTIOMAL RESEARCH COUNCIL CRA566.:66 19753
.^ISK ASSESSMENT DF EMVIR3NMENTAL HAZARD CRA5S6-K37D
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH — EVALUATION — CONGRESSES
EVALUATION OF TOXICOLOGICAL 3ATA FOR THE PROTECTION DF PUBLIC HE1LTH
CRA1199.C64 19763
IN VITRO TOXICITV TESTING OF ENVIRONMENTAL A3ENTS: CURRENT AND FUTURE
POSSIBILITIES CRfl555.A2N37 1379D
ENVIROWMENTAL HEALTH — STANDARDS
rIETHGDOLGGlCAL APPROACHES TO DERIVING EN^/IROSSMENFAL AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
STANDARDS ERA556.C27 19781
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH — UNITED STATES
AMERICA THE POISONED CRA565oR333
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AMALYSIS
ADAPTIVE ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT CTD194 . 5. A333
ALXYL 3E^2ENES C3C341 .H9.N373
ECOLOGY ;AND ANALYSIS OF TRACE CONTAMINANTS - PROGRESS REPORT OCTOBER
1973 — 5EPTEM3ER 1974 CTD194.5.E3 19753
cN\/I.?t];jM^NTAL RISK ANALYSIS FOR CHEMICALS ITD196. C45E533
ESTIMATING THE HAZARD OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TO AQUATIC LIFE CQH545, .J3E831
REGULATING PESTICIDES IS3970.4. U 5N37 1980D
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AMALYSIS — CONGRESSES
ANALYZING THE HAZARD EVALUATION PROCESS: PR3CEE3INGS OF A W3RKSHCP HELD IN
WATERVILLE VALLEY* NEW HAMPSHIRE, AUGUST 1^-18, 1978 C JH91 . 57. 35A50D
AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY AMD HAZARD ASSESSMENT: P?OCEtDINGS OF THE FIFTH ANNUAL
SYfJiPCSIUMM OM AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY.- A SYMPOSIUM SPONSORED Bf ASTM C3M"1ITT^£
E-35 OM PESTICIDESs PHILADELPHIA, PA, 7-8 3CT. 1980 CQH545.W3S9 1930]
3IDLOGICAL EVALUATIOM 2F ENVIRDN^ENTAL IMPACTS: PROCEEDINGS OF A SYMPOSIUM
AT THE MEETING OF THE ECOLOGICAL SOCIETY 0= THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
3I3L3GICAL SCIENCES £QH545« A, B 5643
3-1/6
-------
I
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABJR*T3R'ATE3 — POLLUTION — EN VI COMMENT AL ASPECTS — CONGRESSES
ANALYZING THE HAZARD EVALUATION PROCESS: PR3CEEDI^GS OF A KQRXSHOP HELD IN
i-JATE^VILLE VALLEY, NEW HAMPSHIRE, AUGUST U-18, 1978 C 3H91.57. 35A503
AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY A^O HAZAR3 ASSESSMENT: PROCEEDINGS GF THE FIFTH ANNUAL
SYMPOSIUM 3N AQUATIC TJXICCLOGY: A SYMPOSIUM SPONSO^EJ 3Y ASTM COMMITTEE
E-35 CM PESTICIDES, PHILADELPHIA , PA» 7-8 DCT. 1980 CQ4545.W3S9 1930J
HYOROCARiJOiMS AMO HALCGENATEO HYDROCARBONS IN THE AQU4TIC ENVIRONMENT
E
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF 3REEZE, FLORIDA 32551
CIRCULATION REPORT
( I/ 7/84 PAGE 29)
TITLE
BORROWER
.ENVIRONMENTAL DUALITY
RESEARCH—FATE 0- TOXIC JET
FUEL COMPONENTS IN AQUATIC
SYSTEMS
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY--1982:
13TH AWAL REPORT DF THE
OUNCIL ON ENVIRONMENTAL
DUALITY
PAUL
RICHARDS NDRM
N1/IRCMMENTAL STATUTES
ENVIRONMENTAL STRESS AMD FISH
ISEASES
ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY
[ENVIRONMENTAL TRENDS
ENZYMATIC 3A5is OF
DETOXIFICATION
ENZYMATIC 3ASIS OF
bETOXIFICATION, VOL. II
ENZYMATIC OXIDATION OF
iTOXICANTS: PROCEEDINGS OF A
CONFERENCE HELD AT NORTH
CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY AT
RALEIGH, RALEIGH, NORTH
CAROLINA
EPQXY RESIM CHEMISTRY: 3ASED
DN A SYMPOSIUM SPOMSORED 3Y THE
[DIVISION OF ORGANIC COATINGS
AWD PLASTICS AT THE 176TH
BETING DF THE AMERICAN
CHEMICAL SOCIETY, '4IAMI BEACH,
FLORIDA, SEPTEMBER 11-15, 1978
ROTIC OCEAN; HANDBOOK FOR
EACHCOM3ERS
ESSENTIAL INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
ESSENTIALS OF PRACTICAL
MICROTECHNIQUE
COUCH JOHN
COUCH JOHN
MCKENNEY CHUCK
DAVIS WILL
SCriOOR W P
SCHOQR W P
SCHOOR W P
SCHOOR W P
I
STIMATING THE HAZARD OF
CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TO AQUATIC
r
SPAIN JIM
WALSH GERALD
COUCH JOHN
30RTHWICK PAT
CALL #
DCS A3A-139 790
-HC110.E5E23
1982
KF3775.A3 1979
SH171.W43
QH545.A1R8 1977
DCS US.CEQ 7
CPH01.E515
-3P601.E515
VOL. II
QP941.EN9
TP1180.E6359
QL121.R83
QL362-L29 1979
QH207.G3
QH545.W3E88
DATE
82-05-29
33-08-08
80-03-12
33-05-31
81-02-03
32-04-05
83-05-02
83-05-02
83-02-22
80-07-09
30-03-05
32-07-15
72-05-01
30-12-16
8-1/8
-------
RESEARCH LftEDRUOR?
GULF oREElc, FLORIDA 325S1
CIRCULATION REPORT
C I/ 7/84 PAGE Z)
iC^ROL'ER'S NAME : -JOSTHWICK PAT
TITLE AUTHOR
171 U'3aX630X aOJD PATRICIA 3
:AI_L
AUUATIC iNVE.nE63ATE BICASSAYSS SUIKEMA, A. L.
A SYMPOSIUM SPONSORED 3Y ASTM CAIRNS, JOHN
COMMITTcE 3-iy CM HATERt
AMERICAN SJCIETY F3R TESTING
AND MATERIALS, B.ACKSBuRG, V A ,
27-29, S=PT., 1977
1F5333.WB7 1979
:. 2
-CH90.57.B5AS8
:. 2
GLASS, GARY E.
SOKAL, ROBfRT 3,
ROHLr, F» JAMES
ZIMKOWSKI,
WICHDLAS 8.
-QH90.57B5S
C. 2
'JH405.S6
TN371.3.Z55
3IJASSAY TECHNIQUES AND
EWVIRONMcNTAL CHEMISTRY
JIJWcT?Y - THE P.?IMCIPLES At
PRACTICE Cr STATISTICS I,M
3ULCGICAL RESEA:^
COMMERCIAL OIL-FIELD DIVING
COUNCIL OF BIOLC5Y EDITORS
STIfLr MANUAL
JSVELOPMcNT OF A RECEIVING
.-JATER DUALITY 3IDASSAY
CRITERION 3ASED DM THE 48-HOUR
PACIFIC OYSTER (CR^SSCSTREA
JIGAS) EM3RYD
DIVER'S rtAMD3COK OF UNDERWATER TUCKER, WAYNE :. 1/M981.T82
CALCULATIONS
ESTIMATING THE HAZARD OF CAIRNS, JOHN, JR. 3H545.W3583
CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TO AQUATIC DICKSOM9 K. L.
LIFE MA HI, A. W.
-Z250.6B5C64
C. 5
MCSLKEt CHARLES 3L433.SGS1
E. NC. 3
CHEMICALS HANOB30K 19-J3
.-IrLD GUiDE TO THE ATLANTIC
SEASHORE
-S.i631.F3 1933
:. 2
GOSNER KEN.METH L. -QH9J.7GS7 1^7
C. 3
-ISHES Or THE GULF Or MEXICO, HOESE rt. DICKSJN -QL621.5i.H63
TEXAS, LQUISIA.\iAj AND ADJACEJJT C. 5
JATE^S
D^TE
81-34-29
83-07-25
80-01-14
74-07-01
82-07-12
82-07-01
79-06-25
81-1)1-1 i
80-12-15
82-33-23
79-J7-12
73-04-27
FISHES OF THE .NiO^THFRN GUL:r OF WALLS JERRY
ilEXICC
-QL621.5SW2 C. 4 1975
3-1/9
-------
= NVHOMMcNTAL RESEARCH
GULF 3REEZE. FLORIDA 325S1
JOURNAL INDEX
(12/15/83 PA3E 15)
JOURNAL OF T^E FLORIDA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. PUSR: FL3RIDA ACADEMY
JF SCIENTISTS.// GUlAiESVILLE. FL.// 1936 — , tfOL. 1~. MOTES: LIBRARY HAS
VOL. 30 CU7*) Tl \/OLo 35 (1972). MA ME CHAMG5D TO FL3RIDA SCIENTIST. SEE
FLORIDA SCIENTIST FOR 4DOITIONAL HOLDINGS.
'tJLV rlEVIrfci CF 3I3LOGY. PUB??: STOMY BROOK FQUMDATI ON . // STONY BR03K,
MY.// 1926 — , VOL. 1--. MOTES: LIBRARY HAS VJLS. 46-50 (1971-1975) OM
'-1ICR3FIL.-U VCLS* 51-54 (1976-1979) ARE ON MI CROFICHE ; VOL. 55 (1980) TO
CUSSrMT IS PAPER COPY,
REGULATORY TDXIC3L3GY AND PHARMACOLOGY. PU3R: ftCADEMIC PRESS.// MEM YORK.//
1981 — , "JOTES: LIBRARY HAS VCL. 2 (1982).
RESEARCH C3MMUMICATIDNS IN CHEMICAL PATHQL3GY ^ND PHARMACOLOGY. ?U3R: P J 3
?U3LICATICMS.// ,J£5T3U^Y, NY.// 1970 — , VOL. 1 — . MOTES: LIBRARY HAS VOLS.
7-34 (1S74-1381). T--1IS IS MOT A CURREMT SUBSCRI PTIOM.
t INT£7NATIC?«]ALE D 'CCE ANOGRAPH IE MEDICALE. PUBR: I^JSTITUT RATIONAL DE LA
SAMT2 cT DE LA R.ECHE3CHE MEDICALE.// NlCi, FSAiMCE.// 1965 — . NJTES:
LIJR^RY HAS VOL. 21 (1971) TO PRESENT.
E. PUBR: A^E^ICAM ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVAMCEMENT 3F SCIENCE.//
GTSNi DC.// 1833—. NOTES: LIBRARY HAS VOLS. 155-190 (1957-1975) OM
JL'i: VDLS. 191-218 (1976-1382) ARE ON 4ICR3FIC;iE; VOL. 219 (1933) TO
PRiS^NT IS P^P.:R COPY.
SCIENTIFIC AME3ICAM. PJBR: SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN INC.// NELJ YORK. MOTES:
LIBRARY ^3AS VOL. 206 (1962) TO VJL. 233 (1975) 0:M MISRQFILM; VOL. 234
(1976) T3 VCL. 2^7 (1932) IS OM 'IICR'JFICHE ; VOL. 248 (1933) TO PRESENT IS
PAPER COPY.
SELECTED WATER RES3URCES ABSTRACTS. ?U3R: JATE1 RESOURCES SCIEMTIFIC
INFuRMATIOW Ci^TER.// OErJVER, CO.// 1968 — , l/OL. 1 — . MOTES: LIBRARY HAS
VOL. 1 (1968) TC VOL. 6 (1973) IN PAPER; VOL. 7 (1974) T3 V0_. 9 (1976) IS
JN MICROFILP!; VCL. 10 (1977) IS 3N MICROFICHE; V3L. 11 (1978) TO PRESENT
IS PAPHR COPY.
SC'JTH AFRICA DIVISION 3F SEA FISHERIES BULLETIN. PJBR:
FISHERIES INSTITUTE.// CAPE TO/!N, SOUTH AFRICA, NJCTES: LIBRARY H*S V3L. 11
TO P*ESE,\iT,
SPJRT FISHERY ABSTRACTS. PUBR: UNITED STATES. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE.//
WASHIN3T3N, DC.// 1955 — . NOTES: LIBRARY HAS VOL. 2 C1955) T3 PRESENT.
STAIM TcCh?JCLC3Y. PU3R: WILLIAMS AMD WILKINS.\V 3A.TIM3RH, MO.V\ 1926 — ,
VOL. i — . NOTES: LIBRARY HAS VOL. i (1925) TO vo... 51 (U7&) ON ^icR3FiLM;
VOL. 52 (1977) T3 PRESENT IS PAPER C3PY.
SYSTEMATIC ZOOLOGY. PU3R: ALLEN ?RESS INC.// UtoREMCE, KS.// 1952--, V3L.
1 — . MOTES? «.I3RaRY HAS VCLS. 1-25 (1952-197S); VOL. 24 (1975) IS PAPER
COPYS VOLS. 26-31 (1977-1982) ARE 3N MICROFICHE; VOL. 32 (1933) TO PRESEMT
IS PAPER COPY.
J-l/10
-------
ENVnOtiMcNTAL RESEARCH
GJLr 3REEZ&9 FLORIDA 32551
TITLE INDEX
(12/13/83 PAGE 619)
i¥ST:M FOR T'HE D »T^R,-1I NATION Oc CHRLMTC EFFECTS OF PCLLUTAMTS 3N THE
PHYSIOLi»iY A.JD BEHAVIOR OF MARINE ORGANISMS.\\ LIVINGSTON, R3BERT J., ET
AL.\\ FLJRIC; COOPERATIVE EXTENSION SERVICE. MARINE ADVISORY SERVICE.
GAINESVILLE? FA., \\ 1974o SERIES: FLORIDA SEA GRiNT PRuGRAM; NJ. 4. SUBJ;
'-1ARIME FAUMA —JE i& VI3R\_£STUARINE =COL3GY\_PESTi:iDE S--E 'JVIR ONME AiTAL
ASPECTS :GC3«F53 NO. 43
SYSTEMATIC MQN2G3APH OF THE TONGUE SOLES OF THE GEMUS CY^C^LOSSUS
HAMILTON-BUCHANAN! (PISCES: CYNOSLOSSIDAE). \VM£N3N» A. Go K. PUBR:
SMlTrtSOMIAM INSTITUTION PRESS.\\ WASHINGTON, DC.\\ 1377. SERIES:
SKITriSONlAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY? NO. 233. SU3JJ CY^OGLOSSUS.
S54 NQe 2383
SYSTEMATIC ZOOLOGY. PU3RS ALLEN PRESS INC.\\ Lftb/RtMCEs KS.S>\ 1552--, V3L.
1 — . NOTES= LI.jRARY -)AS VOLS. 1-25 (1952-1S7SK VOL. 24 (1975) IS PAPER
COPY? VCLS. 26-31 (1977-1982) ARE ON MICROFIIHE; VOL. 32 (1983) TO P^ESEM
IS PAPER CDPYo CPERIDDICALX3
SYSTiMATICS AND ARcAL DISTRIBUTION OF PELAGIC CEPH^LOPjDS FROM THE StAS 3FF
SOUTHERN CALIFDR\JIA.\\ Y3U.NG» RICHARD £. PUBR: SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
?R£SS^\\ W^SHIMGTO^j OC.\\ 1972. SERIES: SMIITHSOMI^N C3NTRIB JTIO.NJS T3
ZOJLDGYi NO. 97o SU3J: CEPHAL-OP JDA--CAL1FQR Mid ,
SOUTH£RN\_CEPHAL3PaDA — PACIFIC COAST. C3L1.S54 MO. 971
iYSTEPWTICS AKO JICLOGY QF THE TILcFISMES ( PERCIFORMESS BR ANCHIOSTEGI 3A £
AND ?1ALACA^T:^I3A.E)0 ^ITH DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES. \\ 30JLEY, JAMES
iU\\ UNITED iT.^T'-So MATIJNAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE. PJBR: E,MV
CEWT2R.\\ 30CKVILLE. MD.\\ 1973. SJRIcS: NDAA
NMFS CIRCULAR 411. SUBJ: TZLEFISHES. CSKSSI.A^CZ
SYSTEMATIC* AhJO 5VDLUTICM OF THE M3INIOAE . V\ GOULDEN, :LYOE £.
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. \S, PHILADELPHIA, PA.\\ 1968. SERIES:
AMERICAN PrilLOSCPHICAL SOCIETY, PHILADELPHIA. TRANSACTIC MS, Vied SER.,
V. 58, PT0 60 SJBJ2 M3INIDAH\_M3IMA. CJli.3730
SVST'EMATICS AND LIFE HIST0.1Y OF THE GRiAT BARRACUDA: SPHY^AENA BARRACUDA
(l3I AN I-JSTITUTION PRESS, \\ WASHINGTON, DC.\\
1972o SERIES? SMITHSONIAN COMTRI 3UTI 3NS TO Z30LOGY; \30. 102. SUij:
SYNID07eA\_Ci«USTAC=A— CALIFORNIA. CQL1.S54 \JO, 1023
3YSTEf-riATICS AND ZOOGEOGRAPHY OF THE dORLOWIDE 3ATHPELAGIC SQUI3
JATHYTCULHIS (CF 5HALOPODA : G£G JP SIOA) .\\ ROPERj, SLVDc F. E. PU1R:
SMITHSONIAN IN5T:T'JTIO>J.\\ WASHI'JGTOM, DC.\\ 1969, ScRIESS UNITES STATcS
NATIONAL M'JScUM 7:ULLI-TIN 291. SJBJS BAT.^ YLE JTHIA\_C EPHALOPO 3A —
GcuG^APHlCAL DISTRIB JTIO.^\_S JUID . CJ11-U6 N3. 2slO
3-1/11
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GJLr 3REEZE, FLDRIDA 32561
PUBLICATIONS ON ORDER
C I/ 7/34 PAGE 2)
TITLE
AUTHOR
CRDEtf DATE
NDTES
.1AZA3DDUS AND INDUSTRIAL SOLID
,-JASTc TcSTI.MG: 2ND SYMPOSIUM
TfcCHNOLQSY
JluCrtci-JICAL BASIS IF COMICAL
TtSATOiSNESIS
3I3LOGY 34* CURltNT TITLES IN
THE dIDLOGICAL SCIENCES
3I3LOGY OF CRUSTACEA, VOL. 6:
PATHIOJI3L3GV
3IOLOGY OF CRUSTACEA, VOL, T.
3JEHAVI38 A:JD ECUL05Y
3IGLOGY JF CRUSTACEA, VOL. 8:
icNVI20NM.:NTAL ADAPTATI3NS
t R. A
THE PRINCIPLES AND
PRACTICE OF STATISTICS IM
3IDLJGICAL RZS^A^C.H
3CJKS IM PRINT 1983-84
C2E STYLt MANUALs 5T» ED,
'COLUMBIA JJU.INU OF
iCDMP'JTcR IMAGE GEWERATIOi-J
COMPUTER NETWORKS AND THEIR
PROTOCOLS
CONDENSED CHEMICAL DICTIONARY
CONGRESSIONAL I'ELLDW B20K
CONSUMER RiPDRTS WITH BUYING
GUIDE
CUrJTSCL PROCESSES IN FISH
PHYSIOLOGY
JJCHAUi M.
VER3NERG
S3KAL
SCHACHTER
83-10 DROEREO FOR DUKE
PARRISH
33-10-24 3RDERED FOR DR.
RICHftRDS
33-10-13 3RDEREO FO^
DAVIS
33-12-13
PROVE^3ZAN^, A, J. 33-10
83-10
DRDERED FOR
CHUCK MCiCEMNcY
83-10
83-OB-30
83-10
84-01-36 4 COPIES ON
83-12-22 3RDEREO FOR DR.
RICHARDS
83-13 DRDERED FO!?
MCERLEAN
SYDER
83-10 DRDE3ED FOR
MCERLEAN
RYDE?
83-05-10
83-12-12 DRDERED FO*
aDMIMISTRATIDN
83-12-03 DRDERED FOR
3UKE
83-12-08
B-l/12
-------
RESEARCH
GULF 3REtZEi> FLORIDA 32551
TITLE INDEX
(12/13/83 PAGE 119)
:GMPRcHENSIV£ SNVISO.MMENTAL .RESPONSES, COMPENSATIONS, AND LIABILITY ACT 3F
1980
SEE SUP ci? FUN 3 - COMPREHENSIVE £N VISO'MMENT AL 3ESPuNSE9 COMPENSATION,, 4ND
LIABILITY PCT CF 1389 ^VERTICAL FILE S3
COMPUTATION! AND INTERPRETATION OF 3IDL3GICAL STATISTICS OF FISH
?OPULATIJi\!So\\ RICXERo WILLIAM EDWIN* PU3RJ FISHERIES RESEARCH 33ARD OF
CANADAoNA OTTAWAo\\ 1969° SERIES? 3ULLETIN 0= THE FISHERIES RESEARCH BOARD
UF CANADA; NTo I91o SU3JS FISH POPULATI 3NS--STATISTICAL METHODS*
ZSri223=A344 MC= 1913
COMPUTER ACRGNlfMSs A363E VI ATICMS v tTC0\\ WRATH4LL? Co P» PJBKS PETROCELLI
iOJKSo\\ 1981o NOTES: ORDERED FOR 3ETTY JACKSOHo CSN ORDER 83-08-153
C01PUTZR IMAGE G =N€R ATIOMo \\ SCHACHTERo PU3RS rJILE!/<,\\ NEW YDR<0\\ 1983«
MCTE5S C^DS^^D FDR MCESLcAN/R YDER „ CON ORDER 83-103
CC.-IP'JTtR NETvJO^K PROTOCOL FOR LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIE^3CZ
AP?LICATIOf>lSo\\ ^CLIS/MBS TASK FORCE DM COA-1PJTER NETWORK PROTOCOL. PUBS:
MATIL-NAL CDMMISSIDM 3N LIBRARIES AND INFORMATION SCIENCE0\\ WASHINGTON,
UCo\\ 1977o S;JBJS LIBIA^Y INFORMATION NETL-JORKS--STA \1DAR OS — JNITED
STATE S\_^I3R ARIES — C3MMUMI CATI JN SYSTEMS — 5T4NJARDS--UMI TED
3TUTiS\_LI3RaRY 5CIEMCE — DAT« PROCESSINS — STAMDaROS — UNITED STATES^
COMPUTER ^3cT^^IORKS AND THEIK PROTOCOLS.// DAVIESo PUBRS WILEY.// NE«J YORK,//
1979= iMCTESS ORDERED FOR MCE RLE AM/RVQERo C3N ORDER 83-103
COMPUTtR NfTWD^KS IN THE CHEMICAL LAaO^ATORY: PRESENTED IM PART AS A
SYMPOSIUM AT T.^E 179TH NATIONAL MEETING DF T^E AME1ICAN CHEMICAL SJCIETY9
HO'JSTO^o TEXAS, :-!A.5CH5 1980o\\ LEVY0 GEORGr Z „ \_TE 2PST3A 0 DAM»\\ AMERICAN
CHEMICAL SOCIETY, PU3R: JOHN WILfY I SONS.\\ N5W YORiCo\\ 1981.. SU3JS
CO.^PJTI-R NET'-JGRKS — CGNGRiSSESo
COMPUTER SIMULATIOM TECHNIQUES IN HYDROLOGY ,\\ FLE(J1INGB 3E3R3E. ?U3R:
= LSEVIcRo\\ rJE.-J YCRKo\\ 1975o SERIES! ENtf I RCMME NTAL SCIEMCE SERIES.
YDRJLOGY — SIMULATIOM *I£THODS\_WATER — SUPPLY — SI HULATIJN METHOOS.
PUTER SYSTEMS PERFORMANCE EVALU ATI CNo \\ FERRARI^ OOMEWICG. PU3RS
RENTICE-HALL INC0\\ E MGLE'/jOJD CLIFFS* NJ,\\ 19780 SUaJI ELECTRONIC
IGITAL COflPUTERS — EVALUATIOM. C9A76* 9E94F473
PUTER-R2AOA3L? DATA BASES: A DIRECTORY AND S3USCE800K. V\ HILLI4MS,
ARTriA5 ET AL0\\ iLLiNQISo UNIVERSITY AT URS ANA- CHAMPIONo INFORMATIOM
ETRIEVAL -RESEARCH LftBORATCRYo PJBR5 AMERICAS! SOCIETY FOR INFORMATION!
cic^c^o^x I-; iSHi;jGTo:-j0 DC«A\ i979« SUBJ: >IACHINE-READAB.E BIBLIJG^APHIC
ATA— -DIlECTJRIESo CREF Z699.22.C635 13753
CfPTUAL MDDEL F3R THE MOVEMENT 3F PESTICIDES THROUGH THE ENVI20MMJN1T . \\
ILLETTo JAMrS fc!» „ ET AL»\\ UNITED STATES. EMVI R3N.MEMTAL PROTECTION
GENCYo ^ATICNiL EMVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH CENTER* CORVALLIS,, OR. \S, 1974.
ERIESS EPA-560/3-74-024o CEPA-660/3-74-02 ^ 3
3-1/13
-------
Contribution System (In-House/Extramural Publications)
B-2
-------
EMVIR3NMEMTAL RESEARCH LA30RATC2Y
GULF BREEZE, FLORIDA 32561
TITLE
C I/ 6/84 PAGE 412)
ROSETTE GLANDS IN THE GILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALftEMONETES PUGID. I.
COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY, CYCLICAL ACTIVITY, AND INNERVATION
DDJGHTI2, DAMIEL G,, AMD K. 3ANGA RA3
J. M3RPHOL. 17K1K41-67. 1982. EPA-600/ J-32-1 50
JRILLIMS FLUIL//CR307417 3203 0225
P3d2-20734b, PC- A03
ERLG3 X238
Ttv'D TV°ES 3F EXGCRINE ROSETTE GLANDS (CALLED TYPE A AND TY°E B), LOCATED IM
THE GILL AXES 3F THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES PUGIQ, ARE DESCRIBED. THE
TYPE A GLANDS W: EMBEDDED WITHIN THE LOMGITUDINAL MEDIAE SEPTJM OF THE GILL
AXES, JIHSREAS THE TYPE B GLANDS TYPICALLY PROJECT INTO THE EFFERENT HE10LYMPH
CHANNELS CF THE GILL AXES. ALTHOUGH BOTH GLANDS HAVE CE3T-U.N COHM3N
CHARACTERISTICS (I.E., A VARIA3LE NUMBER OF RADIALLY ARRANGES SECRETORY CELLS,
A CENTRAL INTERCALARY CE4.L, AND A CANAL CELL THAT FORMS THE CUTICULA3 DUCTULE
LEADING TC THE BRANCHIAL SURFACE), THEY DIFFER IM THE FOLLOWING RESPECTS.
Tht TYFE E GLAND IS INME3V4T5D, 3UT THE TYPE A GLAMD IS fJOF; AXONAL PROCESSES,
CQrtTAITJIWG BOTH GLANDULAR CCA. 900-1300 A) AND AGRAN'JLftR (CA. 450-540 A)
VESICLZSs 3CCU^ AT A JUNCTURE 3ETWEEN ADJACENT SECRETORY CELLS AND THE CENTRAL
CELL 0- THE TYPE B GLAMD. THE SiiCHETOSY CELLS OF FYPE A A^D TYPE 3 GLANDS
DIFFER IN THJ-IR SYNTHETIC POTEMT1AL AD MEMBRANE SPECIALIZATIONS. THESE
DIFFERENCES ARE :imE PRONOUNCED IN WELL-DEVELOPED, MATURE GLANDS, MOST
FREQUENTLY E,>!C2UMT!:R jD IM LARGER (24-23 MM, TOTAL LENGTH) GRASS SHRIMP, THftN
IN THE UNDERDEVELOPED, IMMATURE GLANDS THAT ARE .-10ST AtJUMDANT IN SMALLER
(14-18 MM, TOTAL LENGTH) GSASS SHRIMP. THJS, IN MATURE GLANDS, THE SECRET3RY
CcLLS OF THE T\PE A SOSETTc GLANDS ARE CHARACTERIZED 3Y EXTENSIVE REJJ,
ABUNDANT G3LGIS AMD NUMEROUS SECRETORY GRANULES, WrfEREftS T'lE SECRETORY CELuS
DF TH£ TYPE 3 GLAND ARE CHARACTERIZED 3Y EXTENSIVELY INFOLDED EiNQ
INTERD1GITATED 3ASAL PLASMALEMMAS AND 5Y THE PRESENCE OF NJMER3US
MITOCHONDRIA. IM GEfJE^AL, BOTH TYPES JF GLANDS EXHIBIT INCREASED SECRET3RY
ACTIVITY SOON AFTE3 ECDYSIS. THE CEMTRAL AND 3ANAL CELLS IN BDTH GLANDS SEEM
TC HAVE A £OLE IM FHc BONIFICATION OF THE SECRETED MATERIALS, THE POSSIBLE
FUMCTI3NS ASSIGNED TO THE TYPE A GLAND AND THE TYPE B GLAND IN3LUDE PHEN3L-
3XIDASE SECRETION AND QS^IOSEGULAIOM , RESPECTIVELY.
ROUND-ROBIN ACUTE TOXICITY TESTS WITH SEVEN CHEMICALS AND LARVAE OF THE
EASTERN OYSTrR (CRASSOSTREA VIRGINICA) (UNPUBLISHED REPORT)
30RTHVJICK, PATRICK W., AND JOHN E. ALLEN
U.S. EiMVISDNMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY, ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, GJLF
3REEZE9 FL. 1931. 21 ?.
ERLG3 187
THIS REPuRT CGMTAIMS THE RESULTS OF OYSTER LARVAL TOXICITY TESTS C3NDUCTED AT
THE U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY'S (EPA) GJLF 3REEZE LABDRATDRY WITH
SEVEN TEST COMPOUNDS. Trie STATIC JYSTER LARVAL TEST WAS OME OF SEVEN MA-RIME
TCXICITY TESTS CHOSEN FOR ROUND-ROBIN COMPARIS3N BY THE OFFICE CF SESE^RCH
AND DEVELOPMENT'S MA^I'JE ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORIES. THE DATA
PRESENTED HERE blLL BE ANALYZED AND COMPARED WITH RESULTS GENERATED IN OTHER
GCvfESiV-IEMT AND CONTRACT LABORATORIES WHICH PARTICIPATED IN THE INTERLA30SATOR Y
COMPARISON, OR R3UMD-R3BIN.
8-2/1
-------
EMVIRDKiMfcNTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
3ULF BREEZE, FLORIDA 32561
AUTHOR
C I/ 6/84 PAGE 120)
CUTICL'i-AS LESIONS IKDUCEO IN G^ASS SHRIMP EXPOSED F3 HEXAVALcNT CH30MIJM
DOJGHTIEi QANIfL i,, AMD K, RAiMG'A RAO.
j. INVERTED. PATHDL* 42(2):249-253. 1933.
DrflLLIWo FLUIC//CR307417 J203 0367 JOURNAL MANJSCRIPT 13-07
ERLG3 X434
.ULTRAST3UCTU3AL CHANGES INDUCED 3Y S'JDIUM PENT ^CHLDROPHEN A TE IM TH: GRASS
SH?IMPfl PALAcf-rjNJT-ZS PJGICS IN RELSTIO-M TC THE MOLT CYCLc
3-JGHTIE, 3A;JI^L Ga, AMD K, SAMGA RAJ.
IN: P^NTACHL01C?H£NCL: CHEMISTRY, PHARMACOL03Y » .^N9 cNVI ^'
TOXICOLOGY. K. RANGA R^05 EDITI3RY, PLENU.-l PRESS, NEW Yi3RX, NY
1978,
JRILL1MG FLUID//3SD4541 Q029
£RLG3 X060-
PP. 213-25J,
£F=ECTS OF BftRITE AND USED DRILLINS MUDS ON CRJSTACEANS, WITH PARTICULAR
SErERENCS TO TH5 G^ASS SHRIMP, PALAEMCMETES PU5I3
CO,MKLI?J, PHILIP J-, DAXilEL G. DOUGHTIE, AN3 K. RANiA R^D,
IN.° SYMPOSIUM: RESPASCH ON ENVIRONMENTAL FATE AND EFFECTS OF DSILLINS
FLUIDS AMD CUTTINGS, J^N, 21-24, 1980, LAKc 3UENA VISTA, FL., VOL. 2.
AMiRIC^N PETROLEUM INSTITUTE, WASHINGTON, DC. PP. 912-943. 1980,
DRILLING FLUID//7834541 Q029
£RLG3 X226-
SYMCYTIAL '^lATU^E A>3D PHA30CYTIC ACTIVITY OF THE BRANCHIAL PODO:YTES IN THE
3HASS SHRI"-1P» PALAEMQNcTES PUGIO
JCJGHTI5, DANIEL G. , AMD K. RAMGA ,1AO.
TISSUE & CELL. 13(1) : 93-104. 1931, EPA-600/J-81-105
DRILLING FLUID/'/^d04541//C^8074l7 Q203 JOURMAL MANUSCRIPT
ERLGB X234
ROSETTE GLANDS IM THE GILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIM»t PALAEMONETES PUGI3. I
COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY, CYCLICAL ACTIVITY, AMD INNERVATI3N
DOUGHTIE, DANIEL G., A^JO K, RAMGA RA3.
J. MJRPH2L. 17Kl>:41-&7. 1982. E PA-500/ J-32 -150
DRILLING FLUIC//CR307417 J203 0225
P382-207-H4, PC- A33
ERLG3 X238
HISTOPATHCLCGICAL CHANGES IN G3ASS SHRIMP EXPOSED TO CHROMIUM,
PE.-lTACHLJRjPHEMOL., A-iD DITHI OCAR3A '1ATE 5
SA3, K. .^A^GA9 AMD DANIEL G. DGU3HTIE.
i;j PRCP.
-DULLING -LUID//C;-?807U7 Q203 83-07
:
-------
cMVIRTNMcMTAL RESEARCH LA303ATC3Y
GULF BREEZE, FLORIDA 32561
AUTHOR
C I/ 6/8* PAGE 319)
SYNCYTIAL MATURE A^JD PHAGOCYTIC ACTIVITY OF THE BRANCHIAL 'OOOCYTES IN THE
GRASS SHRIMP, PMi-AEHDNETES P'JGIC
OCUGHTIcs DANIEL G., AMD K. 3ANGA RAO.
TISSUE & CELL. 13<1):93-1C4. 1931. EPA~60O/J-81-105
DRILLING FLUID//2804341//CR807417 Q203 JOURNAL MANUSCRIPT
ERLG3 X234
ROSETTE GLftNOS IN THS GILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES PUGI3. I.
COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY, CYCLICAL ACTIVITY, AND INNERVATION
JCUGHTIE, JAMIEL G.( AMD K. RANGA RAO.
J. MJRPhaL. 171(1)^41-57. 1982. ^PA-SOQ/J-32-150
JRILLI'MG FLU1D//CR307417 Q203 0225
P6J2-207346, PC- A03
ERLG8 X238
CC-1PARATIV : ULTRAS FRUCTUSE OF THSEE TYPES OF TEGUMENTAL GLANDS IN THE GILLS
DF THE Gi3ASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES ?UGIQ (ABSTRACT)
DCUGHT1E, 3.G., AND X. RANGA RAO.
A;-;. ZOOL. 19(3):393. 1979»
DRILLING FLUID//1804541 QD29
ERLG3 X236-
HISTOPATHOLOGICAL CHANGES IN G^ASS SHRIMP :XPOSE3 TC CHROMIUM,
P.fMTACHLDRDPHE'JOL, A;\JD OITHIOCAR3AMATES
:^AO, K, j?ANGA, AND CANlEi. 3. OQUGHTIE.
i,M PR29,
-DRILLING =LJIO//CS807417 G203 33-07
MO TECHNICAL IfJFOS'lATIDN GIVEN AS 3F THIS DATE (83-22-07)
cRLGB X435
EFFECTS dF PiNTACHLO«Q!»H3N JL (PC?) AMD 2,4-DINIT^OPHZNDL (3NP) O.^J THE DXYGdN
CGMSJMPTIC.J DF TISSUES F30.4 THE 3LUE C«A3, CALLINECTES SAPIDUS, UNDEK
DIFFERENT JSMCTIC CC>JDITIO;JS
CAMTELMO, ANGELA C., AND K. SAMGA RAO.
CQ:-A,P. LIDCHEM. PHYSIDL. C COMP. PH AR.-1ACOL. 6-DC (2 ): 215-219. 1978.
^RILLIJG FLUID//S834541 Q029
ERLGB X028-
:HARACTERISTICS ^F A ca(2+) -ACTIVATED ATPASE FROM THE HEPATQPiNCREAS JF THE
JLUE CRA3, CALLIMECTES SAPIDUS
:OX, FER2IS R.j AND K. RANGA RAC,
:-MP. 2IOCHE:i. PHYSIDL. J COMP. 3I3CHEM. 5 9B(3): 327-331. 1978.
5RILLING FLUID//1804541 Q029
ERLG3 X077-
3-2/3
-------
".-JVIRJN'IEMTAL R:S£A}CH LA30SATO.RY
3ULF 33E2ZE, FLORIDA 32561
JOURNAL
C I/ 7/84 *>A3E 42)
IE C? TU'D TiLEDST SPECIES TO POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
CA3STRACT)
J. MISSo ACADo SClo XXVCSUPPL0)Sl20o 1980.
•NiCI//^304527 Q030 3THER 83-09
ERLG3 X194
MORPHOLOGY CF PERIPHERAL BLOOD CELLS Of CYPRIN3D3N VARIE5ATUS CA3STRACT)
J. MISSo ACADo SCI, 26(S'JPPL0)ol23= 1980..
^CI//RoO*527 3030
ILL (9-13-33)
ERLG3 X195
•iJEMZIGINi TOXICITY (ABSTRACT)
MASTIto, 3o J,s AMD l-J« Ho GREENWICH
J. MISSo ACADo SClo 26CSJPPL..)11270 1981.
MCI//C3306212 Q035 OTHER 33-09
EXHGSU/^E Ur A TELEJST CELL LINE TO SUSPECTED C^RCIMOSE US
HILL£EJRT» SUSA^ Ao» &»J0 '-lA^TINj AND 3oDo ELLENOE1?
J. MISSo ACA.Do S:io 25^71-75o 1980.
^030
AT THE 44T.1 AN.MU1L MrETIMG MISSISSIPPI ACADE1Y OF SCIENCES, MARCH
1930.
ERLG3 X197
MUSETTE GLANOS IM THE GILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETE5 PUGI3. II.
PREMDLT DUCTUL-. .REFORMATION: REPLACEMENT Or CILIARY PROCESSES 3Y CYTOPLASMIC
PRlCcS^ES IN RELATIOM TO GLAND MATURATION
DOJG.HTIEs DA'viIIEL Ga9 AMD Ko *A^GA RAj
J. KORPHDL, 171(l)J6t3-77o 1982. EPA-SOO/ J-82-149
JRILLIMG FLU!D//CR^07417 Q203
?Sd2-2J733a, P:- AD2
ERLGB X239
ROSETTE GLANDS IM THE SILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES PU5I3. I.
COMPARATIVE MORPHOL03Y, CYCLICAL ACTIVITY, AMD INNOVATION
JC'JGriTIEu DANIEL G=9 AMD K. RANGA RAO
J. MORPHOL. l71Cl)»4l-o7o 19820 EPfl-500/J-32-150
J3JLLTMG FLUID//CR307417 3203 0225
?cb2-i07346s PC- A03
ERLGB X238
3-2/4
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL REStARCH LABORATORY
GULF 4REEZE, FLORIDA 32561
YEAR
C I/ 7/84 PAGE 160)
2AIN3C:-! TROUT EM3RYOS: ADVANTAGES AND LIMITATIONS FOR CARCIN03ENESIS
RESEARCH (A3STSACT)
.HbMDRlCXS, JE*RY D- , THEODORE R. KEYERS, JOHN L. CASTEEL, JOE E. NIXON,
PATRICIA M. LOVIELAMDf AND GEORGE S. BAILEY
AiXHU. McET. AM- ASSOC. CANCER RES. PROC. 23:58 1932,
MCI JOURNAL ARTICLE 83-OS
ILL (5-13-33). NJ COPIES.
ERLG3 X279
DEDUCTION OF PESTICIDE EXPOSURE WITH PROTECTIVE CLDTHIMG FOR APPLICATORS AMD
IIXESS
NAVIES, J.2.9 V.rt. F1E;DS H.F. E?^OS, R.C. DU-MC4N| A. BARQUiT, C. MORGA3E,
_.J. PETERS, AMD J.X. OAMAJSKAS
J. OCCUP. MED. 24C6):4b4-468, 1982.
ERLGB X426
-?ZS?ONS£S OF 25VEL3PING ESTUARINE MACROBENTHIC COMMUNITIES
TASATZ, M.S.f J.rl. IVEYf C.E. OAL8Q, AMD J.L. 3GLE53Y
2STUARISS. 5(2):i31-137. 1982. tP A-600/ J-31-070
5RILLIMG FLUID QC30
»a32-2364159 PC- A02, *1F- A01
ERLGB 413
TO DRILLING MUDS
iirSULTS OF AM ADAPTIVE ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT MODELING WORKSHOP CONCERNING
>OTE.MTIAL IMPACTS OF DRILLING MUDS AND CUTTIMG5 ON THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT
^U'3LE, Gf^EGOR T.» AUSTIN K. ANDREWS, RICHARD A. ELLISON, DAVID B. HAMILTON,
cICHARJ A. JOHNSON, JA'IES E. ROELLE, AND DAVID R. MARMORtK
J.S. E^VIRDNMf'MTAL PROTECTION AGENCY, ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, GULF
FREEZE, FL. 1932. 54 P.
:RILLI,JG FLUiD//Ep^-79-D-xo5si 32^3
'333-114163, PC- A35* WAITING ON COPY FROM NTIS.
EPA-600/9-B2-019
JOSETTE GLftMSS I.J THE SILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAE.-10NETES
}k£MOLT DUCTUL-: IE FORMATION: REPLACEMENT OF CILIARif PROCESSES
'ROCrSSES IN RELATION) TO GLAND MATURATION
JCjGHTiEt JA;«EL G.( A:JD K, RAMGA RAO
3. MURPHOL, 171(15:69-77. 1982. £ PA-6DO/J-82-14 9
)RiLLI,MG FLUID//CR307417 "203
>5d2-2D7333, PC- A02
ERLGB X239
PUGIO. II.
3Y CYTOPLASMIC
JOSETTE GLANDS IN THE GILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES PUGIO. I
COMPARATIVE :?CRPHOLOGY, CYCLICAL ACTIVITY, AND INNERVATIQN
JOUGHTIE, OANIEL G., AMD K. RAMGA RA'O
J, MORPHOL. 171(1)^41-67, 1982. E 9A-600/J-82-150
)RILLi;JG FLUID//CR3074I7 3203 0223
'B32-207345, PC- A33
IRLG3 X238
6-2/5
-------
LABORATORY
GULF BSEiZf, FLORIDA 32561
CONTRIBUTION
( 2/24/84 PAjE 139)
SYuCYTJAl. MATURE VJD P'1A3GCYTIC ACTIVITY OF THE 3R.AMCHIAL ?CDO:YTES IN THE
J«ASS SHRIMP, 'ALAJMQMiTJiS PUGIO
JCJGHTIts DAMZcL G<,5 AMD K. RAMGA RAT
TISSUt S CI-LL. 13U)S93-104. 1931. E-°A-6QO/J-81-105
J.1ILLKJG FLUIC//3834541//C2807417 5203 J3U3NAL MANUSCRIPT
£RLG3 X234
Vc TCXICCLOjY AMD PHARMACOLOGY OF CHL'DROPHE.MOLS: STU3IES ON TH.
•5RASS SH^I.-]PS ?A.LA:M3NrTcS PUGIO
•tAd, K. .^AMGA, F1RSIS ». FJX9 PHILIP J, CO.MKLIM, AWD ANGELA C. CANTELM3
IN: BiOLDalCAL MOrilTOSING OF MASI.ME P1LLUT10N. J. V£RNB£RSf F. THUR3E.^G, A.
CALA3K=S = » A^JD U. 1/E^NSESG9 SDIT3R, ACADEMIC PRESS, INC.j MEtJ fO^K, PP.
37-72. 1981. E^A-6'JO/D-8i-165
DRILLING FLUIC//,?3i)4541 Q029
2RLGB X235
TIVE ULTR^STRUCTURE OF THRE?. TYPES OF THGUMENTAL GLANDS IN THZ GILLS
!JF THE G.3ASS ShiRIWP, PAL AE.-10NETES PUGI3 (ABSTRACT)
30UGHTIE, J.G.t viND X. RANSA RAO
AM. ZCJL. 19C3)SS9J. 1979.
JRILLIKS FLUID//«834541 Q029
c5?LG3 X236-
ACCUMULATUN, TISS'JE DISTRIBUTION AND DEPURATI1N OF 3EMZOC a )PY,JEME AND
3t>JZ(A)Axn:HRAC£Nr IN THE GRASS SHRIMP9 PAL^EMOMETcS PUSIO
rOXj ?»R,t AMD 1C. 3AMGA SAO
Ii\;s SYf-iPOSIUMS C^RCIMOGENIC POLYMUCLEAR ARDi«liTIC HYDROCARBONS IN THE MARlNi
f^VISCNMEKT, PcWSACOi.A SEACH, FLORIDA, 14-18 AUGUST, 1973. U.S. ENVIROMf-IETAL
PS3TECTIOW AGENCY? EMVI RJNMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, GULF BREcZE, FL. PP,
336-34i. 1932. ZPA- -500/9-32-013
JK^LLIHG ?LUID//.'?ii94541 Q029
cRLG3 X237
ROSETTe GLANDS IT4 THi GILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES PUGIJ. I.
COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY, CYCLICAL ACTIVITY, AMD INNERVATION
JCJGHTIE, DAMItL Go9 A>50 K,, SAfJGA RAD
J. MQR^HJL. 171(l);41-57. 1982. EP A-609/ J-82-150
JR:LLI,MG FLuio//CR3074i7 ,2203 0225
f»3j2-2C7d4S, PC- A03
ERLG3 X238
iRCSETTc JLANDS IM THE SILLS GF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAE'-IONETES PU3I2. II.
PREf-iOLT DUCTULr REFORMATION: REPLACEMENT OF CILIARY PROCESSES BY CYTQPLASMIC
PRZCcSSES IN KfLflTIO^J TO GLAMD r^ATJRATIOM
JCLiGHTIt9 DANIEL Go9 AMD K, RANG 4 1AQ
J, KOR'KJLo 171CI):69-77. 1982. SPA-SOD/J-32-149
jRILLi;jG FLUID//3R307417 2203
>EJ2-207J33, PC- A32
ERLG3 X239
3-2/6
-------
EMVIS3N -lE.vlTAL RESEARCH L
3ULF 63EEZE* FLORIDA 32561
GRANT
( 2/24/84 PAGE 18)
CILIAR/ STRUCTURES IN THE 3RANCMIAL UNICELLULAR GLANDS OF THE SRASS SHRIMP,
j t-i H. M •*! I".' J ! y £ if — 5 rU*JJt^
-\ JlPwTTC O f* T V "^ f/ f5 O^O
J <- U b H J J. " 9 J o J c 9 ,4 iVJ A o ^ e rv A U
cX«>E??IEMTIA UiSEL). 37( 5) * 5 02-503 . 1981.
DRILLING rLUl'3//C3:?074I7 G203
ERLG3 X423
COMPARATIVE TOKICITY Oc DRILLING MUDS: ROLE Op CHROMIUM AMD PETROLEUM
rtYDRDCAR3GMS
CO,\JKLI?v;9 P. J0<) D» )RVSDALES O.G. DOUGHTIEs K.R0 RAO, J.P. XAKAREKA, T.S.
3I(_£"RTs A,\iD R.Fo SHr'KcS
DRILLING FLUID//CR30S776//CR807417 G1549^203 0354 J3UrlNAL MANUSCRIPT
33-07
ERLG3 X398
'SYNCYTIAL ^JATU^E A^JD PHAGOCYTIC ACTIVITY OF THE 3RANCHIAL PQDCCYTES IN THE
GtUSS SHRIMP o 'ALArMiJNETcS PUGIO
DCUGHTIEfl 3AMIEL G»{. AfJD K. RA;<)GA RAD
.TISSUE & CELL. 13(1)593-104. 1931« E?A~600/J-81-105
JRILLIMG FLUID//R804541//C1807417 3203 JCJRNAL MANUSCRIPT
'ERLGS K234
RDSETTs GLANDS IN TH2 GILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES PUGI3. I.
COMPARATIVE MQ3PHOLOGY» CYCLICAL ACTIVITY, AND INNERVATIQN
JCUGHTIt? DANIEL 0=5 A^D K» RANGA RAO
J. f-",ORPHOLo 171(l)S41-S7o 1982, E? A-'SOO/J-82-150
DRILLING FLUID//CR807417 Q203 0225
?o32-207-346B PC- A03
ERLGS X238
ICA'_ AMD HI5T3PATHOLCGICAL EVALUATION Op DITHIOCA ^8 AM ATE TOXICITY TU
THE GR^SS SHSI"-?P» »ALA:-M3NETES PUGIO
•?A39 Ko 1AMGA9 D.AM.TEL 3. DDU'jHTIEs AMD PHILIP J. CUNKLIN
IMS P^YSIJL~GIC^L MECHANISMS 3F MARINE POLLUTANT TOXICITY. l-J.3. VERMBERG, A.
CALAjRiiSE? AMD F3p0 THJR^E^Gj SDITDR? ACADEMIC P.RESS» MEL-J YORK. PP.413-415.
19J2. EP.i-SCO/D-'J3-102
DRILLING FLUIC//CRSOT417 Q203 B30;( CHAPTER 83-02
?d33-2^72039 PC- A S3
ERLG3 X369
HISTJPATHCLOGICAL AN? ULTRASTRUCTU^AL CHANGES IN TriE AMTEfJ.^AL 3LAN3, MID5UT,
HtPATOPAiMC^EASg A S3 GILL CF GRASS SHRIMP F3LLOv-JING EXPOSURE TO HEXAVALENT
CH.JOMIUK
DCUGi-iTI'jB DANIEL Go9 A'MD K= RAMGA -?AD
J. INVIKT23R. ^ATHDL- 43<1):BS-108, 1984.
DRILLING FLUID//CR307417 Q203 JCU^NAL MANUSCRIPT 83-07
ERLG3 X400
3-2/7
-------
2cS£ARCH LA
GULF 3R=EZ£, FLORIDA 32551
LAB PROJECT
t 2/24/84 PA3E 164)
ROSETTE GLANDS IN THi GILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES PUGI3.
COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY, CYCLICAL ACTIVITY, AND INNERVATIDN
DCJGHTIE, JA^JIfL G,, A;jD K. 3ANGA SAD
J. MuR?HDL. I71(I):41-*»7. 1982. EPA-500/ J-92-1 50
JRILLI.JG FL'JID//!:R3074i7 Q203 0225
P3J2-2J7845, FC- ACS
ERLGB X238
?HYSIOLG3ICAL -ANJ HISTOP AT4CLCSICA L EVALUATION Or 3ITH IOCA RBAM^TE TOXICITY TQ
TH2 GRASS ^rtRI'SP, ?ALAJM3N^T:S PUGIC
.?AJ, K. KA'JGA, DANIEL 3. CuUGHTIi, AND PHILIP J. CDNKLIN
IN: P1Y3IDL JGICAL M=CHA:JISMS iJF MARINE POLLUTANT FOXICITY, W.4. VERNBSRG, A.
CALA3RIS--, A?JD P.P. TH'JR'E^G, EDITOR, ACADEMIC Pi?ESS, MEW YORKK. PP. 513-445.
1932. EPA-600/D-83-102
JRILLIiViG FLU:D//C!^307417 J203 30DK CHAPTER 33-02
?3J3-247i»Oj, PC- AD3
ERLGB X369
.ilSTDPATHCLC J3CAL AND JLTRASTR'JCTURAL CHAN3ES IN THE ANTENNAL 3LAND, MIDGUT,
PAMC.?EAS» AND 31LL Or GRASS SHRIMP FOLLOWING EXPOSURE TO HEXAVALENT
L, 3A;glEL G., AMD K, RANGA SA1
J. IMVERTLJR. 'ATH3L. 43(1): 39-108. 1984.
DRILLING FLUIO//CR307417 Q203 JOURNAL MANUSCRIPT 83-07
ERLG3 X400
CU-TICULAS LESION'S INDUCED IN G3ASS SHRIMP EXPOSED TO HEXAVALENT CHROMIUM
JC'JGHTIc, "AMI^L G., P.ilLI? J. C3NKLIN, AND K. RAN5A RiO
J. I^VEKTE'.R. -ATHJL. 42 (2) : 249-25 J . 1933. E? A-60 O/ J-83--134
DRILLING FLUID//CRa07417 3203 0367 JOURNAL '-lANUSCSIPT 83-07
PEJ4-1423S3; NDT SDLD ^Y WTIS
ERLG3 X434
ULTRASTR'JCTU.IAL INl HI5T3L3GICAL STUDY 0*= DEGENERATIVE CHANGES IM THE
ANTE.MNAL GLA'MCS, K EP AT3PANCRE AS , AND MIDGUT OF GRASS SHRIMP EXPOSED TO TWO
JITHICCA.^Ar-'.AT: 3IDCICES
DGUGHTIi;, DATJIHL G., AMD K. RAMGA RAJ
•J. IMV5RTI:3R. PATH3L. 41 (3) : 231-299 . 1933.
DRILLING FLU1D//C^307417 Q203 JOURNAL MANUSCRIPT 33-06
ERLG3 X395
TTE GLANDS IM THE 3ILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIM3, PALAEMQNETES PUGID. II.
PRcMDLT DUCTUL.i: ^EFO^MATIQ.-j: REPLACEMENT OF CILIARY PROCESSES 3Y CYTOPLASMIC
'PROCESSES IN RELATION TO G^AWO KATJRATICM
JOJGHTI2, -DAMIEL G. , AMD K. RA.MGA 'RAO
J. M3RPH3L. 17I!Cl):69-77. 1932. EPA-600/ J-82-14 9
DRILLING cLUIC//CSd07417 Q203
PS32-207J33, PC- A02
ERLG3 X239
S-2/3
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF BREEZE, FLORIDA 32561
EPA REPORT #
( 2/24/84 PAGE 50)
fENTHOS INVESTIGATIONS: SEDIMENT BOXES OR NATURAL BOTTOM?
LINT, R. WARREN, THOMAS W. DUKE, AND RICHARD 0. KALKE
BULL. ENVIRON. CONTAM. TOXICOL. 28(3):257-265. 1982. EPA-600/J-82-031
1228
B82-229477, PC- A02
ERLGB X299
WEATHERED IXTOX I OIL EFFECTS ON ESTUARINE BENTHOS
5LALKE, RICHARD D., THOMAS VJ. DUKE, AND R. WARREN FLINT
•STUARINE COASTAL SHELF SCI. 15(15:75-84. 1982. EPA-600/J-82-032
1*228
PB83-194696, PC- A02
•RLGB X32i
IN THE USE OF INDICES IN AQUATIC TOXICOLOGICAL HAZARD ASSESSMENT
CERLEAN, ANDREW J., AND THOMAS W. DUKE
REGUL. TOXICOL. PHARMACOL. 1:344-354. 1981. EPA-600/J-32-058
A228
•B92-239013 PC- A02, MF- A01
1RLGB4S32
•ETERMINATION OF FENVALERATE IN FLOWING-WATER EXPOSURE STUDIES
SCHOOR, W. PETER, AND CHARLES L. MCKENNEY
AULL. ENVIRON. CONTAM. TOXICOL. 30(l):84-92. 1983. EPA-600/J-82-076
•073 0189 JOURNAL MANUSCRIPT 81-12
"B83-191221, PC- A02
ERLGB 434
I
ROSETTE GLANDS IN THE GILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES PUGIO. II.
•REMOLT DUCTULE REFORMATION: REPLACEMENT OF CILIARY PROCESSES 3Y CYTOPLASMIC
PROCESSES IN RELATION TO GLAND MATURATION
DOUGHTIE, DANIEL G., AND K. RANGA RAO
tMORPHOL- 171(l):69-77. 1982. EPA-600/J-82-149
ILLING FLUID//CR807417 Q203
82-207838, PC- A02
ERLGB X239
I
ROSETTE GLANDS IN THE GILLS OF THE GRASS SHRIMP, PALAEMONETES PUGIO. I.
IpMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY, CYCLICAL ACTIVITY, AND INNERVATION
•3UGHTIE, DANIEL. G., AND K. RANGA RAO
T. MORPHOL. 171(l):41-67. 1982. EPA-600/J-82-150
DRILLING FLUID//CR807417 Q203 0225
•382-207846, PC- A03
IRLGB X238
3-2/9
-------
:R::NMEMTAL RESEARCH L
iULF iiacrZE, FLORIDA 32561
CAS#
( 2/24/84 PAGE 1)
DF ADAn^TIuN ON 21 GDEGRAD^TIO^J RATES IN SEDIMENT/tfATE1? COSES FROM
&2 4ND '.-RrSHlrJATER ENVIRONMENTS
SPAIN, JIM C.9 P = n, PRITCHARDs AMD A.W. 3QUR3UIN
ArPL. ENVUGiM. MIC-lRPIJLo 4G (4) : 72S-734 . 1930. cPA-600/ J-80-D07
3103,£335 CAS: 100-02-7
PiiJl-126609; PC- A02:, "1C- A01
ERLG3 410
ADAPTATION Or MATU3AL MICRQBIAL COMMUNITIES TO DEGRADATION Or XEM03IOTIC
CCMPOUMDS: EF~E:TS DF CDNCENTSATIDN, ENDCULJM, AND CHEMICAL STRUCTURE
SPAIN, Jlf-', Cop AMD P.A. VAN VELD
APPL. ENVI<0^. MIC;<03IAL. ^5 (2) : 423-435. 1983. EP A-600/J-83-310
58-D-5J43 G09o,30J70Q103 3131 JJUTNAL MANUSCRIPT 82-05 CAS:
100-02-7
?3d3-ltJ45229 PC- A02
ERLGB 440
«CRu2IAL DE1RAOATIO/J DF X2N2BIOTIC COMPOUNDS
30URQLIN, AL W», JIM C. SPAIN, AND P.H. PRITCH4RD
I.C: PSDCLiECINSS CF THE TWELFTH CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY 3, 4,
AWJ 5 -MOVi-1BEK 1381* (DAYTON? QH). AFAMRL-TR-81-I49, U.S. AIR FORCE AEROSPACE
MEDICAL SiSEASCH LABORATORY, fc,RIGHT-PATTERSON AF3» OH. AVAILABLE FROM NTIS-
PP. 354-369o 1332.
Q096,U057BJI03 3C3K CHAPTER 32-02 CAS: 100-02-7
ERLG3 437
ilODEG.lADATIDN G = METHVLPAS ATHIC=\I, P-NITROPHEN3L, AND ?-CR.:SDL IN THREH TYPES
3F LA33RAT3RY TEST SYSTEMS (ABSTRACT)
VAN VELD, P.A.i, '-IfO J.C. SPAIN
IN: ABSTRACTS 0,~ THc ANNU4L MEETING OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY F3R MICR03I3L3GY,
1933. AMERICAN SOCIETY FDR KICR03IOLDG?, WASHINGTON, DC. P. 266.
1933.
CS309370 J096oC202 ^270 DTHE»? 82-11 CAS: 100-32-7
ERLG8 459
3IJDEGRADATIOk IN THE =STUARIN?-MA*IME ENVIRONMENTS AND THE GENETICALLY
ALTcSED MICRG2E
3 0 U k j L111-i s A L Ui»
I.'J: P.
-------
1981
COJCH, Jjh.J A., i.t~. a. CDU3TNEY, AfoD STEVEN S. FDSS. 1981. LABORATORY
EVALUATION OF MARINE FISHES AS CARCINOGEN ASSAY SUBJECTS- IN: PHYLETIC
APPROACHES TO CAMCERS PSOC ESCINGS CF Th-5 11TH INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF THE
PhlNCtiS TAKAMATS'J C;NCER RESEARCH FUND, TJKYO, 1930. CLYDE J. DAdE, EDITDR,
JAPAN SCIt JTIFIC SCIENCES PRESS, TDKYO, JAPAN. PP. 125-139. (ESL,G3 171).
'CQJCHt JOHM 4., AND -I. PETER SCH-JGR. 1981, EFFECTS OF CA RCINDGENS , MUTAGENS
AMD TE,:ATD3EMS CM JOW-riU.^Att SPECIE S-AQ'JATIC ANIMALS. IN: PROCEEDINGS OF THE
FIRST :JCI/ : P I/:,! I JS-i COi-L AS jR ATI V E WORKSHOP: PROGRESS 3N J.1INT ENVIRONMENTAL
AND 'JCCUPMTIQNAL CiNCE.< STUDIES. rt.F. KRAY8ILL, INGSBDRG C. BLACKUOOD, AND
MAtoCY a. FKt«Si EDITORS, U.S. SCVE2NMENT POINTING OFFICE, WASHINGTON, DC. PP.
333-375. CEILtG.3 K332).
COUCH, JDHM A,f 4ND H.?. SCHOOL. 1931. EFFECTS OF CA SCI N JGiNS , MUTAGcNS, AND
TE3ATCGEMS OM \ON-.4UWAM SP2CIES (AJUATZC AAilMALS). INS S^CON3 ANNUAL REP3RT
Ji\i KATIC.^AL CAMCtR INSTITUTE AiMD ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY PROJECTS.
U.S. CHPT. OF Hi'iLTH, EOJCATICN, AMD WELFARE, ?U3LIC HEALTH SERVICE, NATIONAL
INSTITUTE 3F HEALTH, BSTHE5DA, MD. PP. 57-103-
-------
Jjh.j A3J <_E: «. CjimMEYt AMD STEVEN 5. F2S5* 1931, LABORATORY
OF MARINE FISHES AS CARCINOGEN ASSAY SU3JECTS* I?J: PHYLETIC
5 TJ JA.X'CJiR! PROCEEDINGS C= THE 117H INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIJM OF THE
T4K:U"4T,iu CANCEL -JESE^RCH FJND, TGKYO* 1930. CLYDE j. DA.VE, EDITDR,
JAPAN CCIE'jTIFIC SCI-JNCEG PRESS? TOKYOs JAPAN. ?P« 125-i3;J. (E3L,G3 171).
THE u»s* EP.", AN:; THE -'1AZOMAL CAMCCR IMST. OJCD HAVE MAJOR
KES'^'JSILILITIES FO* JETE'UIININS THE FATE AMD RISHS CF CARCINOGENIC
AGEXTS 'IN THE NdT'JRSL ENVIRCNMEMT. UNOE2 THE AUSPICES Or £PA/NCI, THE
CARCIMOiciM x£i£^RCH T2AM AT THE USEPA LAB,e GULC QREEZE, HAS A "-1AJOR
RJL; IN IMVrSTI^ATIMG THE F^T^s EFFfCTS9 AND iRISKS 3F C aRCIWOSE^IC
AGENTS IN HE A'JIMTIC PuRTIDN OF TH^ 3IOSPH;R2. IN 3ESA3D T3 THIS
ROL-s THE^c IS -I .1EcD FJR PRACTICAL, EXPERIMENTAL EXPJSJRE SYSTEMS FOS
THE S.HCST T^R:i, A'JD LJN-3 TERM EXP3SJRE OF FISHES AND INVERTEBRATES IN
ORDER T: EVALUATE T^EIR RESPONSES TD 5NVISOMMENTAJ.L7 SIGNIFICANT
CARCIN05E-MS. -JE HSVj DESIGNED A.MD TESTED 4N ADAPTABLEt AQUATIC
LA^HRATJRY SYSTEM P?R FLOWING WATER CR STATIC WATtR ASSAYS 3F
CARUl.JOjE 'Ji: JR S'JS-'ECT C AR C IMC3E.MIC SCENTS A3AIN5T MARINE FISHES, ,v'E
RiF^RT -iERE THE DESIGN* RESULTS Or LCiMG TER 1 TESTS, A.MD THE FUTURc
USES 'JF THE SYSTE'-I FD1? DETERMINING THE RISKS CF CAR C IND 3E.:'JI Z AGENTS Itt
THE AjlKTIC E.vlVIRTN'lE/JTs ANJ ^S A SYSTEM CD 1P1. E'-IEMT ARY TO MAMMALIAN
ASS^Y SvSTc-1S» JUT :-JHICH PERMITS THE PHYLDG'ENETIC EXPANSION OF
CARCIMC3EH ^S5AV METHDD JLOG'' . A PILJT TEST 3F THE DESCRIBED SYSTEM HAS
8E£M CO-lPLETiJ. T'115 TEST UTILIZED FL3WING FILTERED, ESTUARINE .JATE?,
CDNTRDLuEJ JATE3 TFi "P.R AT URE » CZNTRDLLED PH1TO PE.^I^D* COMTSOLLED
NUTSITIJN Or Tt3T SPECIES, JXYGcN C-3NCEMTRATI3N MONITuRING, A.MD
VARIOUS LIFE CYCLE STAGES OF THr TEST FISH, THE SHEEPSHEAD '-1INNDW,
CYP,a^C:o;j VAlIEGATJSp AND THE SUSPECT CARCINOGENIC HERBICIDE,
TSIrLJAALIN, CO 'jTIN'jO.'JS EXPOSURES TJ 1 TO 5 M3/L TRIFLU5ALIM LJERE
CuNJUCT^O l-JITH ZY30TE THRU EMaR if 03E;\!E SIS TO ADULT STASEi DF THE FISH.
CGUCri, J3hM Ao9 LEE Ao CDUSTMcVt JAMES T. yiJJSTEAD. AND STEVEN S, FOSS.
137S), A,'-i:?lCA^ QYST2S (CRASSCSTtfEA VIRGINICA) A3 AN INDICATOR OF CARCINOGENS
Ii\ THE AQUATIC t-'JVISDN.-IENT. I'J: ANIMALS AS ^DNITDRS 3F EMVIRDNMEMTAL
POLLUTANTS. ;aTIi::JAL ACADEMY JF SCIENCES, WASHINGTCN, DC. PP. 55-84.
THE AM^. IN AM EXPOSURE SYSTEM IN WHICH C*RCIN03E?«S CAN BE
CJNTI.'jUGUiLV INJECTED I.MTJ FREE FLOjIMG WATER AT FIXED RATES iRAMGINS
Fi
-------
AUTHOR INDEX
C
COUCH, JOHM A.
CO 1PLEX CH*'CviATGrK:iRJMA IN A MARINE TELE3ST rISHt rlTJDULJS G3AMDIS:
••1C;?P-!uLCSICAL ANJ :i DC-iE.'-ilCAL CH *R ACTE RISTIC S/ » 6-2
CC>JCL"?2£.MT N^O^LASTIC ^ND PRjTISTA»j DISORDERS IN THE AME-UCAM OYSTER
STrJE,? V Iil 31 MIC A)/, 9-2
EFFECTS 3F C^CIVCSSMSi .'-lUTAjfMS A.MC TERATOGENS JN N3N-HJMAN SPcC IES- A JUATIC
, 7-I£
cPFECTS JF CikCIM034fvJS, ^UTASEMS, '1ND TERATC3ENS ON NON-HUMAN SPiClES
UJUATIC A -MI iALS)/,7-l
JF CARCI.X'OGcMS, .'-lUTAiE-MS , AND TERATOiEMS ON MON-HU.MAM SPECIES
(AQUATIC A,MI lALS)/,8-l
iFrtCTS JF CiRCI,'JC3EMS, .'J!UT«'5E JS , AND TE«AT03E.vlS ON ;jQt\i-HUMAM SPcCIES
(AQUATIC AMI^1ALS)/,9-i
EFFECTS 'JF C ^C IM03E>JS » MUTAiENSt AND TE^ATOSE.MS DM ^JC-NiHJMAN SPECIZ-S
(AQUATIC AMI-fl.A_S); 'OJR TH ANNUAL. REPORT NCI/EPA C'JL1. A iOKATI VE PROGRAM/, 8-2
JNLA.'JGJKfNT JF A,>JD Kl STC°ATH'JL3GIC E.'FECTS I M TH,f PITUJT^RY 3F A TELEOST
= XPCS,tD TO T'iE HER3ICID2 TRirLJRftLIN/ ,3-2
LABORATORY EVALUATION OF MARINE FISHES AS CARCINOGEN ASSAY SUBJECTS/, 5-1
.-10USJ JS MIWAJC;JS THE r'JTU^E OF FISH IN CARCIN3GENIC1TY TESTING CA F^IZN^LY
JISCJSSI3N/D :E Ur JY D.I. J2HM COUCH ^ND DR, CLYDE DA.-JE) - DEBATE: THE FISHY
Sh.lI.1PS (AIT^R.IPIDA: CRUSTACEA: PEMASI JA E) /,4-I
VE^T^S.JAL JY5PLA5IA IN YOUWG FISfl EXPOSED TO THE HER3ICIDS TRIFLUR ALIN/, 3-1
DISEASES GF INVERTEBRATES 3THER THAN IMSECTS/,4-2
CuJCH, JJHN A., JOINT AUTHOR.
CAIJ TISSJE AMCMALIES T:iAT OCCUR IN MARINE FISH IMPLICATE SPECIFIC POLLUTANT
CHEMICALS?/, 3C-2
CC^RJLATIGi^ uF MIX "D-FUNCTIOM OXIDASE ACTIVITY WITH ULTR ^STRUCTURAL CHAN3ES
IN T.lE LIVrR G= A '.U^I^E FISH/j34-2
1EMA73P02ETIC :JE3PLA3MS IN IMViRTE3R 1TES AMD COLO-3LJODE3 VERTEBRATES/, 13-1
^ATHu^ICLOSICA. '-3EASJRES Or MA.-tlNJE POLLUTION EFFECTS/,15-3
USEFULNESS C" CYPRIN'JDON VARlcGATUS AND rU.MDJL'JS G^A^DIS I.M C ARCINOGENICIT Y
TESTIMG; ADVANTAGES A?JD SPECIAL PROBLEMS/, 13-1
COURTNEY, LEE A.
US^FJL^ESS Or CY.'RINJDJN VARIE3ATUS AND FUNO'JLUS GRA^DIS IN CARC IN3GENICITY
TtSTINS: ACMIT^GIS A^-ID SPECIAL PRC3LEMS/ , 1 J-l
CC'JRTNEY, LEE A., JOINT AUTHOR.
AMERICA CYSTE* (C^ASSOSTRZA VIRSIMICA) AS AM INDICATOR 3F CftRCIMOGJiMS IM
THE AQUATIC EWIrtGMWcNT/ , 5-2
3-2/13
-------
?S¥(LS 'SMSO P I
A T
G E
E M
A
ABILITY OF AM8YSTOMA TIG8SNUM HlfATIC MICROSOMES FI20M POLYEYLIC AROMAT 1- 2
ABSORPTION.WITK DIGESTED LEAD PE2XODATE ^DETERMINATION OF U2-DIOLS B 39= 3
ACCUMULATION OF NAPHTHALENE ®Y THE OYSTER OSTREA.'EDULIS0 IM A FLOW THR 32- 1
ACID TAURINE /oTHIN-LAYER SEPARATION OF CITRIC ACID CYCLE INTggMEDIATE 32- 2
ra CYCLE --INTERMEDIATES* LACTIC ACID0' AND THg AMIMO ACID TAU8INE /0TH 32- 2
" AND THE AMINO.ACID TAURINE /0THIN-LAYER SEPARATISM OF CITRIC ACID 32- 2
ACTIVATION /^DETERMINATION) OF VANADIUM IN A MARINE MOLLUSC USING A CME 17- I
ADDUCTOR MUSCLE PROTEINS FROM BIVALVE MOLLUSCS /oEFFECTS OF SODIUM CHL 36= 2
ADVANTAGES AK1D SPECIAL PROBLEMS /oUSEFULNESS OF CYPRINODON V&RIEGATUS 10- i
AFLATOXIN ©N THE BROHN BULLHEAD 2CTALURUS NESULOSISo MoSo THESIS /0EF 2- 1
ALTERATIONS 100 CARCINOGEN-EXPOSED TSLEiSTSs PROCEDURES FOR PREPARATXO 21= 1
AMiYSTOMA TIGKINUM HEPQTIC MICROSOMES FROM i?OLYCYLIC ARONA1TIC HlYDR@C£lR 2- 2
AMIRICA /oCELLULAR PROLIFERA¥IVE DISOR0ER IN OUSTERS COSTREA CHSLENSZS 25= 2
AMERICAN OYSTER CCRASSOSTOEA VIREINlCflJ AS AN INDSCATOR OF CARCINOGENS 5- 2
03 OYSTER CRASSOSTREA VIRGINICA /0BEM20Ca)PYREWE METSSOLISM IN T 1- i
ra OYSTER CCRASSOSTREA VIR6INZCAJ /0COHCURREMT-NEOPLASTIC ^MD PR 9- 2
AMINES /0 DIFFERENTIAL ABIL2TY OF AK18YSTOMA TIGRIWUK HEPATIC MICROSOMES !•= 2
AMIWO ACID TAURIME /D TH1IW=LAYER SgPAEATION OF CITRIC ACIB CYCLE INTERM 32- 2
AMMON2A PROM SMMLLJ VOLUMES OF SEAHATER /DIO!M-EXCHAMGE fECHCdlQOE FOR CO 33- £
ANIMAL MODEL FOR EXPERIMENTAL CARCIMOGENESIS /sRAIMBOM TROUT CSALMO GA 14-= 1
0 IM STUDIES INVOLVING CARCINDGENESISo TESATOSENESIS AND MUTAGENE 16= I
AN2MALS AS INDICATORS §F SNVIRONMENTAL EXPOSURES /0A0UftTlC 14- 3
OD /oEFlFECTS OF CARC2NOGEWS0 MUTAGSNSo AMD ' TERATOGENS ON'NON-HUN 8- 1
09 /oEFFECTS OF CARCINQGEMSo MUTAGENS AND [TERATOGENS ON WON-HUMACJ 7- 2
a /oEFFECTS OP CAR£INGGSNS0 MUT&GEMSD AK1D TERATOGENS ON NON-HUM 8- 1
00 INDUCED BY CONTROLLED EXPOSURES TO ENVIRONHENTAL CONTAMINANTSo 23- 1
ANOMALIES ?HAT OCCUR ltd MARINE FSSH IMPLICATE' SPECIFIC POLLUTAMT CHEMI 30- 2
aPPLICflTIQN IN CflSCSNOGEN EXPOSURE STUDIES /oPRIMARV CELL CULTURES FEO 20° 1
ftQUATEC ENVIRONMENT /0AMERICAN OYSTER CCKASSOSTI3EA VIRGINICA3 fiS A IN 5= 2
03 ANIMALS flS INDICATORS OF ENVIKOWEMENTAL EXPOSURES 5- 2
" ANIWALS) /oEFpECTS OF CAKCKNOGENS0 MUTAG£NSD AMD TERATOGEMS OM 8- 1
ra ANIMALS /oEFFECTS OF CARCIMOGEWSo MUTAGSNS AND TERATOGENS ON M 1-2
00 AMIMALSJ /oEFFECTS OF CARCIWOGENSo MUTAGENSo AMD TERATOGSWS ON 8- 1
00 ANIMALS INDUCED BY CONTROLLED EXPOSURES ¥0 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTA 23- 1
AKOCLOR 1256-TREATED MULLET CKU&SL,CEPHALUS) /oBENZOCA1PYREME HETABOLI 39- 1
co 125^> TREATED MULLET /DMETABOLITES OF 8ENZOCA5PPYRENE IM 38- 1
SROMATIC HYDROCAK8DNS IN BAY MUSSELS CMYTILUS EDULISJ FROM ORE£OM0 USA 28- I
B HYDROCARBONS 163 'SOFTSHELd, CLAMS FROM COOS BAY0 QREGONo USA /„ 28- 1
ra HYDROCAR8BNS AMD AROMATIC AMINES /DDIFF2RENTIAL ABILIITY OF AM 1- 2
ra AMINES /oDIPFEREMIFIAL ABILITY OF AP3BYSTOMa TIGRINUM HE1PATIC M 20- 2
ca HYDROCARBONS CABSTRACT) /oEXPQSURE OF TWO TELEQST SPECIES TO 20- 2
00 HYDROCARBONS .^ABSTRACT) /0INDUCTION OF GLUCyRONIDE AMD S13LFA 36- 3
00 HYDROCARBONS AN9 CELLyLAR PROLIFERATIVE: DISORDERS IN BIVALVE 25- 1
a HYDROCARBONS IN l/IVAL^E MOLLUSK.S IN BAY KUSSiLS CBYTILUS EDUL 28- 3
0 ElYDKOCaRBOWS DUE'TO SLASH' SURGING ON CLgAR-CUT SITES /0PI/ROLY 37- 2
00 HYDROCARBONS AND METALS IM MOLLUSCS CABS?RACT5 /0STUDIES DM P 24- 1
QRSENIC AND-OTHER TRACE ELEMENTS IM SAY MUSSELS (MYTILUS EDULIS3 /0SEA 17- 4
ASSAY SYSTEM UTILIZING ESTUARINE FISHES /oDEVELOPMENT OF A CARCIMOGEN 19- 2
w FOR EPOXIDE HYBROLASE /INDIRECT ATOMIC aBSORPTTION SPECTROMEZTRSC 38- 2
a SyBJI£¥S-^0lLAi©KQ?©CT iWAiMAirSiKl @)(? MGIS2HI • F2SMIS flS CaK62M®gSCO 5- 1
ATOMIC ABSORPTION M2TH DIGESTUD LEflD PERIODATE /D DETERF-^IMATION OF 102- 39- 3
co ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRIC ASSAY FOR EP0X2DE HYDROLASE /0INDIIRECT 38- 2
©
BACTERIA SYSTEMo NoSo"THESIS /DEVALUATION OF BENZO(A3PYRENE WETABDLIS 2- 2
-------
KEY TERM FREQUENCY COUNT
FLOW 82
POLLUTANTS 82
COMPARED 83
CONDUCTED 83
MEASURED 83
PUGIO 84
IMPACT 85
OYSTERS 85.
TIME 85
LIFE 87
FIELD 88
DRILLING 89
SYSTEMS 89
NATURAL 90
PALAEMONETES 90
LOW 93
BIOLOGICAL 94
COMPOUNDS 94
FLORIDA : 94
GULF 94
FOUND 95
GRASS 95
HIGH 95
DAYS 97
DEVELOPMENT 101
OYSTER 101
LESS 104
SIGNIFICANT 105
POLLUTION 106
TOXIC 106
LEVELS 108
PESTICIDE 108
TESTS 110
DETERMINE 112
ANIMALS 115;
CONTROL 117
TEST 118
RESULTS 119
SEAWATER 123
DATA 128
GROWTH 133
CHEMICAL 135
ORGANISMS 138
AQUATIC 140
CONCENTRATION 142
ENVIRONMENT 157
PESTICIDES 165
SHRIMP 167
EXPOSURE 171
SPECIES 189
TOXICITY 203
ENVIRONMENTAL 204
FISH 209
LABORATORY 209
CONCENTRATIONS 215
MARINE 306
B-2/15
-------
TERM WITH RECORD IDENTIFIER
MINING
X192
MINISTRIES
X182
MINNOW
218
X176
186
X222// IN PRESS X222
EPA-600/4-81-003 297
398 265- 177-
425
288
269
EPA-600/9-83-005 374
X196 X356 311-
267- X334 333
MINNOWS
X160 294
EPA-600/3-77-059
229 222
076- 346
181-
X006- 425
234- X264
X072- 075
EPA-600/3-78-010
433 177-
206 175-
113 295
EPA-600/3-77-059
EPA-600/3-82-074
EPA-600/4-81-041
125-
X264
277-
X084-
462
X048
091-
179
063-
136-
295
MINOR
X180-
MINS
X280
MINUS
X282
MINUTE
378
MINUTES
032-
MIOTIC
X154-
X033-
065
200
373
EPA-600/3-76-048
X093
X270
150
200
378
304-
X085-
038-
064-
465
400
378
MIREX
X097- 156- 248
EPA-600/3-75-024 137-
EPA-600/3-76-048 124
X287 168 X185
EPA-600/3-75-024 305-
190
229
168
256-
155-
268 190
EPA-600/3-76-007
229 222
222 156-
EPA-600/3-76-048
189 303
EPA-600/3-75-015
156-
EPA-600/3-75-015
X048
MIRRORS
X303
MISCELLANEOUS
X165- X368
1ISIDENTIFIED
X052-
MISLEAOING
X180-
X333
B-2/16
-------
TITLE KUOC INDEX
MIREX
EFFECT OF MIREX AND CAR80FURAN ON ESTUARINE MICROORGANISMS
EFFECT OF MIREX ON PREDATOR-PREY INTERACTION IN AN EXPERIMENTAL
ESTUARINE ECOSYSTEM
EPA-660
3-75-024
276
EFFECT OF MIREX ON THE BURROWING ACTIVITY OF THE LUGWORM 268
CARENICOLA CRISTATA)
EFFECTS OF LEACHED MIREX ON EXPERIMENTAL COMMUNITIES 229
OF ESTUARINE ANIMALS
EFFECTS OF MIREX AND METHOXYCHLOR ON STRIPED MULLET, MUSIL EPA-660
CEPHALUS L 3-75-015
EFFECTS OF MIREX ON THE LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TWO CRASS 132
EFFECTS OF HIREX ON THE LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF BLUE CRABS X011
EFFECTS OF MIREX ON SELECTED ESTUARINE ORGANISMS 124
EFFECTS OF MIREX, METHOXYCHLOR, AND MALATHION ON DEVELOPMENT OF EPA-600
CRABS 3-76-048
EFFECTS OF THE BURROWING LUGWORM ARENICOLA CRISTATA) ON THE 305-
DISTRIBUTION OF MIREX IN AQUARIA CONTAINING A SANDY SUBSTRATE
{UNPUBLISHED REPORT)
EFFECTS, UPTAKE, AND METABOLISM OF METHOXYC4LOR, MIREX, AND EPA-600
2,4-D IN SEAWEEDS 3-76-048
MIREX AND AROCLOR 1254: EFFECT ON AND ACCUMULATION BY 137-
TETRAHYMENA PYRIFORMIS STRAIN W
MIREX AND MARINE UNICELLULAR ALGAE: ACCUMULATION, POPULATION 248
GROWTH AND OXYGEN EVOLUTION
MIREX PUBLICATIONS X287
MIREX RESIDUES IN SELECTED ESTUARIES OF SOUTH CAROLINA—JUNE 168
1972
MIREX, FIRE ANTS, AND ESTUARIES X185
MONITORING MIREX IN NON-TARGET SPECIES IN SOUTH CAROLINA 256-
ESTUARIES (UNPUBLISHED REPORT)
SEASONAL EFFECTS OF LEACHED MIREX ON SELECTED ESTUARINE ANIMALS 222
MISSISSIPPI
EFFECT OF FLOODWATERS ON OYSTERS IN MISSISSIPPI SOUND IN 1950, 007$
U.S. FISH WILDL. SERV. RES. REP. 31
INVESTIGATION OF OYSTER PRODUCING AREAS IN LOUISIANA AND 002A*
MISSISSIPPI DAMAGED BY FLOOD WATERS IN 1945, U.S. FISH WILDL.
SERV. SPEC. SCI. REP. FISH. NO. 8
B-2/17
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF BREEZEt FLORIDA 32561
THESAURUS OF DESCRIPTORS
C02/17/84 PAGE 1)
3-METHYLCHOLANTHRENE
EQ METHYLCHOLANTHRENE
ABILITY
ABSORPTION
RT ADSORPTION
ASSIMILATION
IONS
UPTAKE
BT SORPTION
ABUNDANCE
RT BIOMASS
QUANTITY
ACARICIDES
NT CARBOPHENOTHION
EPN
ETHION
NALED
PHORATE
PHOSPHAMEDON
BT PESTICIDES
ACCUMULATION
RT FOOD CHAINS
UPTAKE
NT BIQACCUMULATION
ACETYLCHOLINESTERASE
BT CHOLINESTERASES
ACROPORA CERVICORNIS
BT CORALS
ACTIVATED CARBON
RT ADSORBENTS
BT CARBON
ACUTE TOXICITY
BT TOXICITY
ACYCLIC ACIDS
NT FATTY ACIDS
ADULTS
RT METAMORPHOSIS
PARENTS
BT DEVELOPMENTAL STAGES
AFLATOXINS
BT CARCINOGENS
MYCOTOXINS
AGRICHEMICALS
NT-PESTICIDES
ALSAE
RT EUTHROPHICATION
NT-PERIPHYTON
PHYTOPLANKTON
PLANKTON
BT MICROORGANISMS
PROTISTS
ALTOZAR
E3 CAS: 41096-46-2
HYOROPRENE
BT JUVENILE HORMONES
AMDRO
BT INSECTICIDES
AMES TEST
BT ASSAYS
TESTS
AMPHIPODS
NT COROPHIUM VOLUTATOR
BT CRUSTACEANS
ANALYSIS
NT ATOMIC ABSORPTION
ELECTRON CAPTURE
LIQUID CHR3MATDGRAPHY
ANIMALS
RT FAUNA
NT-AQUATIC ANIMALS
INVERTEBRATES
ADSORBENTS
RT ACTIVATED CARBON
ANIONS
BT IONS
BTCBROADER TERM); NTCNARROWER TERM): RT(RELATED TERM); USECPREFERRED USE);
-CTERMS WHICH HAVE FURTHER SUBSETS); EQCSYNONYMS)
B-2/18
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF BREEZE, FLORIDA 32561
DESCRIPTORS
(02/17/84 PAGE 1)
3-METHYLCHOLANTHRE
NE
ABILITY
ABSORPTION
ABUNDANCE
ACARICIDES
ACCUMULATION
ACETYLCHOLINESTERA
SE
ACROPORA
CERVICORNIS
ACTIVATED CARBON
ACUTE TOXICITY
ACYCLIC ACIDS
ADSORBENTS
ADSORPTION
ADULTS
AFLATOXINS
AGRICHEMICALS
ALGAE
ALTOZAR
AMDRO
AMES TEST
AMPHIPODS
ANALYSIS
ANIMALS
ANIONS
ANNELIDS
ANOSTRACANS
ANTHRACENES
ANTIFOULING
AGENTS
ANTS
AQUACULTURE
AQUATIC ANIMALS
AQUATIC BACTERIA
AQUATIC
ECOSYSTEMS
AQUATIC
ENVIRONMENT
AQUATIC ORGANISMS
AQUATIC PLANTS
ARBACIA
PUNCTULATA
ARENICOLA
CRISTATA
STIMPSON
ARENICOLIOAE
ARIUS FELIS
(LINNAEUS)
AROCLORS
ASSAYS
ASSIMILATION
ATHERINIDAE
ATLANTIC CROAKER
ATLANTIC MENHADEN
ATLANTIC
SILVERSIDES
ATOMIC ABSORPTION
ANALYSIS
ATOMIC ABSORPTION
SPECTROSCOPY
ATRAZINE
AUFWUCHS
BACILLARIOPHYCEAE
BACTERIAL
BACULOVIRUSES
BARIUM SULFATE
BARNACLES
BATCH CULTURE
BAY MUSSELS
BAYS
BEACHES
BENTHIC
COMMUNITIES
BENTHOS
BENZANTHRACENES
BENZIDINES
BENZO(A)PYRENE
BENZOPYRENES
BHC
BIOACCUMULATION
BIOASSAYS
BIOCHEMICAL
ANALYSIS
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCIDES
BIOCONCENTRATION
BIODEGRADATION
BIOENERGETICS
BIOINDICATORS
BIOLOGICAL
CONTROL
BIOLOGICAL
PESTICIDES
BIOLOGY
BIOMASS
BIORATIONALS
BIOSYNTHESIS
BI3TA
BIVALVES
BLACK BULLHEAD
BLUE TILAPIA
BONY FISHES
BOTTOM SEDIMENTS
BOX CRA3S
BRACHIP3DS
BRACHYURA
BRACKISH WATER
BRAIN
BREEDING
BREVOORTIA
PATRONUS GOODE
BREVOORTIA
TYRANMUS
(LATROBE)
BRINE SHRIMP
BRINES
BROMINE
BROMOFORM
BROWN SHRIMP
BRYOZOANS
BULLHEAD
CATFISHES
CADMIUM
CAGES
CALANOIDS
CALCIUM
HYPOCHLORITE
CALLINEDTES
SAPIDUS RATHBUN
CANALS
CANCER MAGISTER
DANA
CANNIBALISM
CAPTURE
CARBOHYDRATES
CARBON
CARBOPHENOTHION
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
CARCINOGENESIS
CARCINOGENICITY
TESTING
CARCINOGENS
CARCINOMA
CARNIVORES
CARPS
CARRIERS
CARTERIA SP.
(CHLOROPHYCEAE)
CAS: 121-75-5
CAS: 124-48-1
CAS: 131-52-2
CAS: 143-50-0
CAS: 1582-09-8
CAS: 1912-24-9
CAS: 2104-64-5
CAS: 2234-13-1
CAS: 2385-85-5
CAS: 290-00-0
CAS: 2921-88-2
CAS: 298-00-0
CAS: 298-02-2
CAS: 300-76-5
CAS: 3083-23-6
CAS: 333-41-5
CAS: 35367-38-5
CAS: 41096-46-2
CAS: 50-06-6
CAS: 50-29-3
CAS: 50-32-8
CAS: 51630-58-1
CAS: 52645-53-1
CAS: 55-18-5
CAS: 555-37-3
CAS: 56-49-5
CAS: 563-12-2
CAS: 58-89-8
CAS: 60-51-5
CAS: 60-57-1
CAS: 608-73-1
CAS: 62-73-7
CAS: 72-20-8
CAS: 72-43-5
CAS: 72-55-9
CAS: 75-25-2
CAS: 7553-56-2
CAS: 76-48-8
CASi 7681-52-9
CAS: 77-47-4
CAS: 7726-96-5
CAS: 7727-43-7
CAS: 7778-54-3
CAS: 7782-50-5
CAS: 786-19-6
CAS: 80001-35-2
CAS: 8021-39-4
CAS: 86-50-0
CAS: 87-86-5
CATABOLISM
CATIONS
CELLS
CENTRIFUGATION
CHANNEL CATFISH
B-2/19
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF BREEZE, FLORIDA 32561
DESCRIPTOR WORDS
<02/17/84 PAGE 1}
BENZOCAJPYRENE
ABILITY
ABSORPTION
ATOMIC ABSORPTION
ANALYSIS
ATOMIC ABSORPTION
SPECTROSCOPY
ABUNDANCE
ACARICIDES
ACCUMULATION
ACETYLCHOLINESTERASE
ACIDS
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
FATTY ACIDS
ACYCLIC ACIDS
ACROPORA
ACROPORA CERVICORNIS
ACTIVATED
ACTIVATED CARBON
ACUTE
ACUTE TOXICITY
ACYCLIC
1 ACYCLIC ACIDS
ADSORBENTS
ADSORPTION
ADULTS
AFFINIS
GAMBUSIA AFFINIS
AFLATOXINS
AGENTS
ANTIFOULING AGENTS
AGRICHEMICALS
'ALGAE
ALTOZAR
iAMBLYBREGMATUS
| CITHARICHTHYS
AMBLYBR6GMATUS
.AMDRO
AMERICANA
1 MORONE AMERICANA
CGMELIN)
AMES
AMES TEST
AMPHIPODS
(ANALYSIS
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
BIOCHEMICAL ANALYSIS
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
' ATOMIC ABSORPTION
I ANALYSIS
AND
ANIONS
ANNELIDS
ANNULARIS
MONTASTREA ANNULARIS
ANOSTRACANS
ANTHRACENES
ANTIFOULING
ANTIFOULING AGENTS
ANTS
FIRE ANTS
AQUACULTURE
AQUATIC
AQUATIC ANIMALS
AQUATIC BACTERIA
AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS
AQUATIC ENVIRONMENT
AQUATIC ORGANISMS
AQUATIC PLANTS
ARBACIA
ARBACIA PUNCTULATA
ARENARIUS
CYNOSCION ARENARIUS
GIN5BURG
ARENICOLA
ARENICOLA CRISTATA
STIMPSON
ARENICOLIDAE
ARIUS
ARIUS FELIS (LINNAEUS)
ARMATUS
LEPTOCOTTUS ARMATUS
ARQCLORS
AROMATIC
AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC
HYDROCARBONS
ARTEMIA
ARTEMIA SALINA
ARTHROPODS
ASSAYS
ASSIMILATION
ATHERINIDAE
ATLANTIC
ATLANTIC CROAKER
ATLANTIC MENHADEN
ATLANTIC SILVERSIOES
ATOMIC
ATOMIC ABSORPTION
ANALYSIS
ATOMIC ABSORPTION
SPECTROSCOPY
ATRAZINE
PENAEUS AZTECUS
BACILLARIOPHYCEAE
THALASSIOSIRA
PSEUDDNANA
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF BREEZE, FLORIDA 32561
SENTENCE RANK REPORT
(10/ 1/83 PAGE 2)
IDENTIFICATION : EPA-600/3-83-021
TOXICITY OF USED DRILLING FLUIDS TO EMBRYO DEVELOPMENT WAS INVESTIGATED TO
ASCERTAIN THE LIMITS OF SAFE USAGE OF THESE FLUIDS IN MARINE ENVIRONMENTS.
OTHERS ARE RELATIVELY INNOCUOUS, REQUIRING VERY LITTLE DILUTION TO ACHIEVE
A CONCENTRATION IN WHICH EMBRYO DEVELOPMENT CAN PROCEED NORMALLY.
STUDIES DEMONSTRATED THAT NO SINGLE DRILLING FLUID IS "TYPICAL" AND THAT
THE QUANTITATIVE EFFECTS OF EMBRYOS VARY CONSIDERABLY FROM ONE FLUID TO
ANOTHER.
IN ADDITION, SEVERAL COMMERCIAL DRILLING FLUID COMPONENTS WERE EXAMINED IN
THE TEST SYSTEMS INCLUDING A SYNTHETIC REFERENCE MUD.
THIS VARIABILITY IS NOT MENTIONED TO SUGGEST THE ACTIVE COMPONENTS, OF
WHICH WE HAVE NO KNOWLEDGE, BUT ONLY TO ILLUSTRATE THE "NON-TYPICAL" NATURE
OF ANY ONE SAMPLE.
THE DRILLING FLUIDS TESTED CAME FROM VARIOUS SOURCES: 24 DIFFERENT SAMPLES
WERE EVALUATED.
SOME DRILLING FLUIDS ARE QUITE TOXIC TO ONE DR MORE OF THE EMBRYO SYSTEMS,
REQUIRING DILUTIONS OF OVER IOCS) TO BECOME "SAFE".
IDENTIFICATION : EPA-600/4-81-031
THE BIOMASS MEASURED BY THE EXTRACTABLE PHOSPHQLIPID AND THE TOTAL LIPID
PALMITIC ACID SHOWED EXCELLENT CORRELATION WITH THE FATTY ACID "SIGNATURES"
CHARACTERISTIC OF BACTERIA, BUT SHOWED A LOWER CORRELATION WITH THE
LONG-CHAIN POLYENOIC FATTY ACIDS CHARACTERISTIC OF THE MICROFAUNA.
STUDIES WITH TERRESTRIAL PLANTS IN LABORATORY AND FIELD EXPERIMENTS SHOW
THAT THE FLUIDS AND SOME FLUID COMPONENTS EXHIBIT PHYTOTOXICITY PROPERTIES
REDUCING SEED GERMINATION, GROWTH AND YIELD.
INTRODUCTION INTO THE ENVIRONMENT OF THE CHEMICALLY COMPLEX FLUIDS HAS
PROMPTED EFFECTS RESEARCH ADDRESSING TERRESTRIAL AND FRESHWATER HABITATS
AND THEIR RESPECTIVE BIOLOGICAL COMPONENTS.
THE FLUIDS PERFORM A MULTIPLICITY OF FUNCTIONS, RANGING FROM LUBRICATING TO
PREVENTION OF BLOWOUTS WHEN ENCOUNTERING HIGH PRESSURE.
THE RANGE OF LETHAL CONCENTRATIONS OF FLUID COMPONENTS IN TOXICITY STUDIES
WAS FROM LESS THAN 1 TO 75,000 MG/L AND THAT FOR WHOLE DRILLING FLUIDS FROM
0.29 TO 85? BY VOLUME.
PREFERENCE/AVOIDANCE REACTIONS OBSERVED IN EXPERIMENTS WITH WHOLE
DRILLING FLUIDS ARE ALSO COLLATED AND DISCUSSED.
DRILLING FLUIDS REPRESENT AN IMPORTANT ASPECT OF OFFSHORE AND LAND BASED
DRILLING OPERATIONS.
PHYTOTOXICITY IN WHOLE DRILLING FLUIDS IS ATTRIBUTED TO SOLUBLE SALT
CONCENTRATIONS.
B-2/21
-------
Reprint System
B-3
-------
REPRINT COLLECTION
PEAKALL, D. B., AND A. P. GILMAN. 1979. LIMITATIONS OF EXPRESSING
ORGANOCHLORINE LEVELS IN EGGS ON A LIPID-WEIGHT BASIS. BULL. ENVIRON.
CONTAM. TOXICOL. 23:287-290. (REPRINT 0318).
PEAKALL, 0. 8., AND R, J. LOVETT. 1972. MERCURY: ITS OCCURRENCE AND
EFFECTS IN ECOSYSTEMS. 8IOSCIENCE 22. 1:20-25. (REPRINT 002*).
PEARSON* U. H.. D. L. WOODRUFF, P. C. SUGARMAN, AND 8. L. OLLA. 1981.
EFFECTS OF OILED SEDIMENT ON PREQATIQN ON THE LITTLENECK CLAM PROTOTHACA
STAMINEA, BY DUNGENESS CRAB, CANCER MAGISTER. ESTUARINE, COASTAL AND SHELF
SCIENCE. 13:445-454. (REPRINT 0176).
PELTIER, W. 1978. METHODS FOR MEASURING ACUTE TOXICITY OF EFFLUENTS TO
AQUATIC ORGANISMS. EPA-600/4-78-012. PP. 1-52. (REPRINT 0164).
PELTIER, W. 1981. EFFECTS OF BAYTEX AND MALATHION ON EARLY LIFE STAGES OF
SNOOK, CENTROPOMUS UNDECIMALIS. UNPUBLISHED REPORT, US EPA REGION IV,
SURVEILLANCE AND ANALYSIS DIVISION. PP. 1-5. (REPRINT 0597).
PENROSE, D. L., AND D. R. LENAT, 1982. EFFECTS OF APPLE ORCHftRD RUNOFF ON
AQUATIC MACROFAUNA OF A MOUNTAIN STREAM. flRCH. ENVIRON. CONTAM. TOXICOL.
SPRINGER-VERLAG NEW YORK. 11:383-388. (REPRINT 0500).
PEQUEGNAT, W. E., AND T. A. WASTLER. 1980. FIELD BIOASSAYS FOR EARLY
DETECTION OF CHRONIC IMPACTS OF CHEMICAL WASTES UP3N MARINE ORGANISMS.
HELGOLANDER MEERESUNTERS. 33:531-545. (REPRINT 0256),
PERLMUTTER, A., W. S MILLER, AND J. C. POOLE. 1956. WEAKFISH (CYNOSCION
REGALIS) IN NEW YORK WATERS. NEW YORK FISH AND GAME JOURNAL. 3(l):i-43-
(REPRINT 1201).
PERRY, M. C., AND F. M. UHLER. 1981. ASIATIC CLAM (COR8ICULA MANILENSIS)
AND OTHER FOODS USED BY WATERFOWL IN JAMES RIVER, VIRGINIA, ESTUARIES.
4(3):229-233. (REPRINT 1211).
PETERS, D. S., AND M. A. KJELSON. 1975. CONSUMPTION AND UTILIZATION OF
FOOD BY VARIOUS POSTLARVAL AND JUVENILE FISHES OF NORTH CAROLINA ESTUARIES-
ESTUARINE RESEARCH. 1:447-472. (REPRINT 1195).
PETRICH, S. M., AND 0. J. REISH. 1979. EFFECTS OF ALUMINUM AND NICKEL ON
SURVIVAL AND REPRODUCTION IN POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS. BULL. ENVIRON. CONTAM.
TOXICOL. 23:698-702. (REPRINT 0286).
PHILLIPS, P. J., W. D. BURKE, AND E. J. KEENER. 1969. OBSERVATIONS ON
TROPHIC SIGNIFICANCE OF JELLYFISHES IN MISSISSIPPI SOUND WITH QUANTITATIVE
DATA ON ASSOCIATIVE BEHAVIOR OF SMALL FISHES WITH MEDUSAE. TRANS. AMER. FISH.
SOC. 4:703-712. (REPRINT 1231).
PHILLIPS, R. C. 1960. OBSERVATIONS ON ECOLOGY AND DISTRIBUTION OF FLORIDA
SEAGRASSES. FLORIDA STATE BOARD OF CONSERVATI3NS, PROFESSIONAL PAPERS SERIES,
2:1-72. (REPRINT 1001).
POTTER, J. L. AND R. D. O'BRIEN. 1964. PARATHION ACTIVATION 3Y LIVERS OF
HQUATIC AND TERRESTRIAL VERTEBRATES. SCIENCE. 144:55-57. (REPRINT 0121).
B-3/1
-------
AUTHOR INDEX
R
RAY, S.
ACCUMULATION OF COPPER, ZINC, CADMIUM AND LEAD FROM TWO CONTAMINATED
SEDIMENTS BY THREE MARINE INVERTEBRATES-A LABORATORY STUDY (027D/.62-2
REDDY, K. S., JOINT AUTHOR.
FATE OF PENTACHLOROPHENOL IN ESTUARINE SEDIMENT (0587)7,19-14
REGIER, H. A., JOINT AUTHOR.
SAMPLE SIZE IN PETERSON MARK-RECAPTURE EXPERIMENTS (1109)7,64-3
REICHEL, W. L., JOINT AUTHOR.
RESIDUES OF ORGANOCHLORINE PESTICIDES AND POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS AND
AUTOPSY DATA FOR BALD EAGLES, 1971-72 (0108)/,17-7
REIDENAUER, J. A.
RESPONSE OF A SOFT-BOTTOM HARPACTICOID COMMUNITY TO STINGRAY (DASYATIS
SABINA) DISTURBANCE (1226)7,62-4
REIMOLD, R. J.
CHLORINATED HYDROCARBON PESTICIDES AND MERCURY IN COASTAL YOUNG-OF-THE-YEAR
FINFISH, SOUTH CAROLINA AND GEORGIA 1972-1974 (0107)7,62-7
TOXAPHENE CONTENT OF ESTUARINE FAUNA AND FLORA BEFORE, DURING, AND AFTER
DREDGING TOXAPHENE-CONTAMINATED SEDIMENTS (003D/.62-6
TOXAPHENE INTERACTIONS IN ESTUARINE ECOSYSTEMS <0030)/,62-5
REISH, D.
MARINE AND ESTUARINE POLLUTION (0434)7,62-8
REISH, D. J.
MARINE AND ESTUARINE POLLUTION (0530)7,62-10
MARINE AND ESTUARINE POLLUTION (0433)7,63-11
USE OF POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS AS TEST ORGANISMS FOR MARINE 8IOASSAY
EXPERIMENTS (0246)7,62-9
REISH, 0. J., JOINT AUTHOR.
EFFECTS OF ALUMINUM AND NICKEL ON SURVIVAL AND REPRODUCTION IN POLYCHAETOUS
ANNELIDS (0286)7,59-11
TEST, MONITORING AND INDICATOR ORGANISMS-CHAPTER 8-A
GUIDE TO MARINE POLLUTION BY EDWARD D. GOLDBERG (0076)7,9-10
REMINGTON ARMS COMPANY
KNOW YOUR DUCKS (1037)7,62-12
IRESH, V. H.
STATUS OF COMMON SHINER, NOTROPIS CORNUTUS CHRYSOCEPHALUS 8RAFINESQUE), IN
KENTUCKY (1092)7,62-13
IREUNANEN, H. , JOINT AUTHOR.
ACUTE TOXICITY OF SOME CHLORINATED PHENOLS, CATECHOLS, AMD CRESOLS TO TROUT
(0328)7,32-13
B-372
-------
KEYWORD TITLE INDEX R
P
R
T
P
POLYCHAETE FEEDING GUILDS FROM US MORTHEASTERN CONTINENTAL SHELF /,IM 0191
" CAPITELLA CAPITATA: INFLUENCES OF METAL CONTENT AND NUTRIT 0463
11 WORMS, MOLLUSKSf AND ECHINODERMS REPORTED FROM TAMPA BAY E 1162
POLYCHAETES OF NORTHERN FLORIDA REEF TRACT. PART I. APHRODITIDAE, PO 1018
POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS /(EFFECTS OF ALUMINUM AND NICKEL ON SURVIVAL AN 0286
" ANNELIDS OF AN INTERTIDAL HABITAT IN UPPER OLD TAMPA BAY 1277
" ANNELIDS AS TEST ORGANISMS FOR MARINE BIQASSAY EXPERIMEN 0246
POLYCHLORINATED 8IPHENYLS (PCB'S) 2. HYDROGEOLOGICAL CONDITIONS AND 0494
" BIPHENYLS (PCB'S) 1. HISTORY, DISTRIBUTION, AND SURF 0560
" BIPHENYL (ARQCLOR 1254) IN WATER, SEDIMENT AND BIOTA 0048
" BIPHENYL AROCLOR 1242 FROM CONTAMINATED DETRITUS AND 0496
" BIPHENYL (PHENOCLOR DP6) BY ESTUARINE FISH /,ACCUMULA 0169
" BIPHENYLS ON FIN REGENERATION IN GULF COAST KILLIFISH 0185
11 8IPHENYL AROCLOR 1254 ON AMERICAN OYSTER CCRASSOSTREA 0045
" 8IPHENYL AROCLOR 1242 ON LOCOMQTOR ACTIVITY AND ON N£ 0174
11 BIPHENYLS AND MERCURY IN WILD CORMORANTS, PELICANS, T 0058
" BIPHENYL ABSORBED FROM SEDIMENTS BY FIDDLER CRABS AND 0047
" BIPHENYL ACCUMULATION IN GREY MULLETS (CHELON LABROSU 0170
11 BIPHENYLS, AROCLORS 1248 AND 1260 EFFECT ON AND ACCUM 0051
11 3IPHENYLS AND AUTOPSY DATA FOR BALD EAGLES, 1971-72 / 0108
11 BIPHENYL (AROCLOR 1254) DIET ON ATLANTIC COD (GADUS M 0495
" BIPHENYLS IN ECOSYSTEMS: REVIEW /.TRANSPORT, DISTRIBU 0166
" BIPHENYL RESIDUES: IMPLICATIONS FOR BIOLOGICAL EFFECT 0198
" BIPHENYL DYNAMICS IN HUDSON RIVER STRIPED BASS.I. ACC 0558
POLYDORA FROM EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA (POLYCHAETA: SPIONIDAE) /,R 1160
IPOLYHEDROSIS VIRUS OF PINK SHRIMP ULTRASTRUCTURE, PREVALENCE AND EHNA 0059
POLYMERS TO REDUCE TURBIDITY IN A HATCHERY WATER SUPPLY /.PRELIMINARY 1065
POLYNOIDAE, AMPHINOMIDAE, EUNICIDAE, AND LYSARETIDAE /,CORAL-INHABITI 1018
rPOLYPHENOLS /,NATURAL CHELATORS IN SEA WATER: DETOXIFICATION OF ZN2 B 0379
IPOMATOMUS SALTATRIX) FROM EAST-CENTRAL LONG ISLAND SOUND FROM JULY TH 1195
[ " SALTATRIX /.DESCRIPTION OF EMBRYONIC AND EARLY LARVAL STAGE 1101
" SALTATRIX, TAGGED IN WATERS OF NEW YORK AND SOUTHERN NEW EN 1258
POMOXIS ANNULARIS RAFINESQUE, IN CONOWINGO RESERVOIR /.SEASONAL FOOD 1053
POMPANO, TRACHINOTUS CAROLINUS, IN LOUISIANA /.FOOD HABITS OF JUVENIL 1194
POND EXPERIMENTS /tAQUATIC TOXICOLOGY OF CYPERMETHRIN. II. FATE AND B 0490
" REARED YOUNG OF FIVE MICROPTERUS SPECIES OF SOUTHEASTERN U.S. /, 1074
11 CULTURE OF BAIT FISHES 1060
11 SNAIL VIVIPARUS GEORGIANUS /.PREDATION ON LAR&EMOJTH BASS EMBRYO 1055
" FISH TO GUTHION (AZINPHOSMETHYL) AND PARATHION /.SENSITIVITY OF 0120
PONDS /.EFFECT OF REMOVAL OF PANFISH AND TRASHFISH BY FYKE NETS UPON 1039
" ALONE AND IN CO COMBINATION WITH OTHER SPECIES /.FOOD HABITS OF 1054
" /.OBSERVATIONS ON SPAWNING AND GROWTH OF FOUR SPECIES OF BASSES 1073
PONTCHARTRAIN, LOUISIANA, AN ESTiJARINE COMMUNITY /.FOOD HABITS OF FIS 1195
POOL FISH ASSEASSEMBLAGES /.STRUCTURE OF TWO SOUTH CAROLINA ESTUARINE 1126
POPULATION DYNAMICS IN UNISEXUAL-BISEXUAL POECILIQPSIS (PISCES: POECI 1290
" OF FISHES /.BLUEGILLS DOMINATE PRODUCTION IN A MIXED 1040
" STATUS, REPRODUCTIVE SUCCESS AND ORSANOCHLORINE RESIDUES I 0307
" /.EFFECT OF ANNUAL RECHANNELING ON A STREAM FISH 1075
" SIZE STRUCTURE OF COMMON MUMMICHOG, FUNDULUS HETEROCLITUS 1230
" /.ESTIMATION OF ABUNDANCE AND MORTALITY OF A SPOTTED SEATR 1210
11 GROWTH OF PARANAIS LITORALIS MULLER 1784 (OLIGOCHAETA) /,M 1112
11 STATUS OF LEAST TERNS IN SOUTH CAROLINA /, ORGANOCHLORINE P 0306
B-3/3
-------
SUBJECT INDEX
fUBJECT
TITLE (REPRINT JO /» PAGE - ITEM
ALUM
ACUTE AND CHRONIC EFFECTS OF ALUM TO MIDGE LftRVA CDIPTERA: CHIRONOMIDAE)
(0323)7,43- 7
LUMINUM
EFFECTS OF ALUMINUM AND NICKEL ON SURVIVAL AND REPRODUCTION IN
POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS (0286)/t59-11
MBUSH//BOLERO/73UX//DURSBAN//FENTRIFANIL/7LARVIN/7PYDRIN
INITIAL TOXICOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT OF AMBUSH, BOLERO, BUX, DURSBAN,
FENTRIFANIL, LARVIN, AND PYDRIN: STATIC ACUTE TOXICITY TESTS WITH
SELECTED ESTUARINE ALGAE, INVERTEBRATES, AND FISH (0601)/, 6-12
AMINOCARB
TOXICITY OF FIVE FOREST INSECTICIDES TO CUTTHROAT TROUT AND TWO SPECIES
OF AQUATIC INVERTEBRATES (0382)7,82- 8
MITON OXALATE
DETECTION OF PESTICIDES IN WATER BY BIOCHEMICAL ASSAY (0121)7,79-13
UMITROLE
ADSORPTION AND DESORPTION OF PERMETHRIN AND OTHER PESTICIDES ON GLASS AND
PLASTIC MATERIALS USED IN BIOASSAY PROCEDURES (0236)7,68- 4
EFFECTS OF HERBICIDES ON WATER AND ITS INHABITANTS (0034)7,54- 9
MMODYTIDAE
SPAWNING, EMBRYO DEVELOPMENT AND GROWTH OF THE AMERICAN SAND LANCE
AMMODYTES AMERICANUS IN THE LABORATORY (1238)7,69-10
HMMONIA
AMMONIA CONCENTRATIONS IN PINK SALMON, ONCORHYNCHUS GORBUSCHA, REDDS OF
SASHIN CREEK, SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA (0253)7,62-14
SURVIVAL, SIZE AND EMERGENCE OF PINK SALMON, ONCORHYNCHUS GORBUSCHA,
ALEVINS AFTER SHORT AND LONG-TERM EXPOSURES TO AMMONIA (0254)7,63- 1
INCREASED TOXICITY OF AMMONIA TO RAINBOW TROUT (SALMO GAIRDNERI) RESULTING
FROM REDUCED CONCENTRATIONS OF DISSOLVED OXYSEN (0211)7,76- 8
AMMONIA TOXICITY TO FISHES: EFFECT OF PH ON TOXICITY OF UN-IONIZED
AMMONIA SPECIES (0212)7,76- 9
ACUTE AMMONIA TOXICITY AND AMMONIA EXCRETION IN RAINBOW TROUT (SALMO
GAIRDNERI) (0252)7,34-10
ACUTE TOXICITY OF AMMONIA TO FATHEAD MINNOWS (0583)7*76-11
MPHIBIANS
AQUATIC TOXICITY OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS TO EMBRYO-LARVAL STAGES OF FISH AND
AMPHIBIANS (0371)7,52- 7
3-374
-------
Specialized Bibliography System
B-4
-------
WILKES BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. "Ecology of the Marine Environment August* 1981-September, 1982
(Citations from the NTIS Data Base." Natl. Tech. Inf. Serv., P383-
800755 (1982).
2. "Ecology of the Marine Environment May, 1980-July, 1981 (Citations from
the NTIS Data Base)." Natl. Tech. Inf. Serv., PB83-800748 (1982).
3. Addison, R. F., "Organochlorine Compounds and Marine Lipids." Prog. Lipid
Res., 21, 47 (1982).
4. Akberali, H. B., et al., "The Responses of the Estuarine Bivalve Mollusc
Scrobicularia to the First Hydrolytic Product of the Insecticide Sevin."
Estuarine Coastal Shelf Sci., 15, 415 (198Z).
5. Amico, V., et al., "Levels of Chlorinated Hydrocarbons in Sediments from
the Central Mediterranean.11 Sci. Total Environ., 2&, 91 (1982).
6. Anderson, E. W., et al., "Residues of o,p-ODT in Southern California Coastal
sediments in 1971." Bull. Environ. Contain. Toxicol., 29, 429 (1982).
7* Boghen, A. D., "Effects of Wescodyne and Malachite Green on Parasitic
Ciliates of Juvenile American Lobsters." Prog. Fish-Cult., 44, 97 (1982).
8. Bopp, Richard P., et al., "Chlorinated Hydrocarbons and Radionuclide
Chronologies in Sediments of the Hudson River and Estuary, Neiu York."
Environ. Sci. Technol. , 16, 866 (1982).
9. Borthmick, P. W., and Patrick, J. M., Jr., "Use of Aquatic Toxicology and
Quantitative Chemistry to Estimate Environmental Daactivation of Marine-
Grade Creosote in Seaiuater." Environ. Toxicol. Chem., 1, 281 (1982).
0. 3retheler, R. J., et al., "Measurement of Chronic Toxicity Using the
Opossum Shrimp Mysidopsis bahia." Hydrobiologia (Nath.), 93, 189 (1982).
1- Burns, K. A., and Villeneuve, J. P., "Dissolved and Particulate Hydro-
carbons in Water from a Spring Sampling of the Var River Estuary (S.
France)." Toxicol. Environ. Chem. (G. 8.), 5, 195 (1982).
2. Chaffea, C., and Spies, R. B., "The Effects of Used Ferrochrome Ligno-
sulphonate Drilling Muds from a Santa Barbara Channel Oil Well on the Devel-
opment of Starfish Embryos." Mar. Environ. Res. (G. B.), 7, 265 (1982).
3. Correll, D. L.» and Wu, T. L.» "Atrazine Toxicity to Submersed Vascular
Plants in Simulated Estuarine Microcosms." Aquat. Sot. (Neth.)* 14, 151
(1982).
4. Ghiasuddin, S. M., et al., "Role of Phospholipids in the Inhibitory
Action of DDT and Permethrin on the Nerve ATPases of Lobster, Homarus
americanus." Biochem. Pharmacol. 31, 1483 (1982).
15. Hamilton, E. I., "Strategies and Tactics in Marine Pollution Monitoring.
Mar. Pollut. Bull. (G. B.), 13, 109 (1982).
L6« Hashimoto, Y.» "Effects of Pesticides on Aquatic Organisms and Their
Environment." J. Pestic. Sci. (Japan), 7, 281 (1982).
B-4/1
-------
Slide Collection System
B-5
-------
I
SLIDE CATEGORY
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
SULF BREEZE, FLORIDA 32561
SLIDE FILE REPORT
( 4/10/84 PAGE 11)
MICR08IOLOGY/RADIOCHEMISTRY
TITLE
SAFETY HOODS AND GENERAL LABORATORY WORK—RADIOCHEM
SAFETY HOODS AND GENERAL LABORATORY WORK—RADIOCHEM
SAFETY HOODS AND GENERAL LABORATORY WORK—RADIOCHEM
SAFETY HOODS AND GENERAL LABORATORY WORK—RADIOCHEM
MICROSCOPE
MICROCELL COUNTER
FLAMING
MICROSCOPE WORK 1972
MICROCOSM STUDIES
MICROCOSM STUDIES
RADIOCHEMISTRY
RADIOCHEMISTRY
SLIDE #
MIC-001
MIC-002
MIC-003
MIC-004
MIC-005
MIC-006
MIC-OQ7
MIC-008
MIC-009
MIC-010
MIC-011
MIC-012
•LIDE CATEGORY
PATHOLOGY
TITLE
SLIDE #
TUMOR INDUCTION STUDY//TANKS ANO INJECTION APPARATUS
ELECTRON MICROSCOPE
HISTOLOGY
HISTOLOGY — CUTTING SECTIONS
HISTOLOGY
HISTOLOGY
HISTOLOGY — HISTOLOGY LA3
HISTOLOGY— HISTOLOGY LAB
HISTOLOGY — STAINING
CELL CULTURE
CELL CULTURES
DYPRINODOM VARIEGATUS — INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION (PITHING
FISH BEFORE DISSECTION)
-CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS — INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION (PITHING
•FISH 3EFORE DISSECTION)
•CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS — INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION (REMOVING
GONADS)
B CYPRINODON
TESTES)
CYPRINODON
•FEMALE C.V
•GENERAL
GENERAL
VARIEGATUS— INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION (REMOVING
VARIEGATUS— INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION (INJECTING
WITH GONAOOTROPIN)
LABORATORY WORK — SCHOOR
LABORATORY WORK — SCHOOR
ULTRAMICROTOME 1972
•ULTRAMICROTOME 1972
"GLASS KNIFE CUTTER 1972
ULTRAMICRQTOME 1972
EYSTER STUDY
ECROPSY (DR. JOHN COUCH)
EM WORK (DR. COUCH)
P-Q01
P-002
P-003
P-004
P-005
P-006
P-007
P-003
P-009
P-010
P-011
P-012
P-013
P-014
P-015
P-OI6
P-017
P-018
P-019
P-020
P-021
P-022
P-323
P-024
P-025
B-5/1
-------
pMSTANT
f GENERAL—CONSTANT FLOW APPARATUS, 1972 1-003
PNSTRUCTION
I NEW WET LAB CONSTRUCTION F-003
I
NEW WET LAB CONSTRUCTION F-004
UCri
EM WORK (DR. COUCH) P-025
NECROPSY CDR. JOHN COUCH) P-024
J3UNTER
I MICROCELL COUNTER MIC-006
ULTURE
CELL CULTURE P-010
ULTURES
r CELL CULTURES P-011
I
1
I
I
LTURING
OLD WET LAB BIOASSAYS (OANA BETH TYLER EST. CULTURING) 1972 T-008
TTER
GLASS KNIFE CUTTER 1972 P-021
JTTING
HISTOLOGY—CUTTING SECTIONS P-004
rPRINODON
CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS—INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION P-OI6
(INJECTING FEMALE C.V. WITH GONADOTROPIN)
CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS—INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION P-012
(PITHING FISH BEFORE DISSECTION)
CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS—INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION P-013
(PITHING FISH BEFORE DISSECTION)
CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS—INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION P-014
(REMOVING GONADS)
CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS—INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION P-015
(REMOVING TESTES)
SSECTION
CYPRINOOON VARIEGATUS—INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION P-012
(PITHING FISH BEFORE DISSECTION)
CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS—INDUCED EGG FERTILIZATION P-013
(PITHING FISH BEFORE DISSECTION)
CK
BOAT DOCK F-019
8-5/2
-------
ELL
P-010 P-011
CHAIN
1 1-002
CHANNEL
M-004
CHEMISTRY
1-012 1-014 F-022 F-023 1-017 1-018
1-013 1-021 1-011 1-015 1-016 1-022
1-020
1-019
J
HROMATOGRAPH.
1-017
COLLECTING
FI-035
CONSTANT
1-003
I
I
I
I
I
r
i
OBSTRUCTION
F-003 F-004
UCH
P-025 P-024
UNTER
MIC-006
LTURE
P-010
LTURES
P-011
LTURING
T-008
TTER
P-021
CUTTING
• P-004
CYPRINOOQN
P-012 P-013 P-014 P-015 P-016
I
r
SSECTION
P-012
P-013
CK
F-019 F-020
8-5/3
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF 8REEZE , FLORIDA 32561
SLIDE CIRCULATION REPORT
( 1/25/85 PAGE 1)
BORROWER'S NAME : BOURQUIN AL
TITLE
AERIAL VIEW OF ERLGB 1983
BORROWER'S NAME : MCERLEAN
TITLE
BIOASSAY PROCEDURE
CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS 28 DAY EMBRYO
FRY BIOASSAY
MENIDIA (SILVERSIDE)
BORROWER'S NAME : UILKES FRANK
TITLE
AERIAL VIEW OF SA3INE ISLAND 1983
AUTOPSY (DR. JOHN COUCH)
C. VARIEGATUS
-------
[LIDE #
-015
N-053
F-063
(=1-043
FI-048
t-026
|[-040
[-005
-023
[1-029
riC-004
[IC-009
IS-029
BORROWER NAME
WILKES FRANK
WILKES FRANK
BOURQUIN AL
WILKES FRANK
WILKES FRANK
MCERLEAN
MCERLEAN
WILKES FRANK
MCERLEAN
WILKES FRANK
WILKES FRANK
WILKES FRANK
WILKES FRANK
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF BREEZE , FLORIDA 32561
SLIDE CIRCULATION REPORT
( 1/25/85 PAGE 1)
TITLE
-043
WILKES FRANK
DATE
FRONT GATE—EPA 84-04-05
WET LAB* INSIDE VIEW 84-04-05
AERIAL VIEW OF ERLG3 1983 84-05-23
FIELD STUDY —EGLIM AFB, 84-10-11
1983
FIELD STUDY—EGLIN flFS, 84-04-05
1983
CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS 28 84-10-04
DAY EMBRYO
FRY BIOASSAY
BIOASSAY PROCEDURE 84-10-04
SHRIMP, CD EXPOSED 84-04-05
MENIDIA (SILVERSIDE) 84-10-04
C. VARIEGATUS CSHEEPSHEAD 84-04-05
MINNOWS) MALE £ FEMALE
SAFETY HOODS AND GENERAL 84-04-05
LABORATORY WORK—RAQIOCHEM
MICROCOSM STUDIES 84-04-05
AERIAL VIEW OF SA3INE 84-04-23
ISLAND 1983
AUTOPSY CDR. JOHN COUCH) 84-04-os
B-5/5
-------
Laboratory Notebook System
B-6
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF BREEZE , FLORIDA 32561
LAB NOTEBOOK CONTENTS REPORT
( 3/21/85 PAGE 4)
SAMELA JOHN X000004
•3GERS MIKE
• 79-07-23
85-01-30
I ECO-CORE II RIVER/ECO-CORE III GULF
ECO-CORE II, ESCAM8IA RIVER
JO-CORE MPS, PNP, PCP, PARA CP RANGE POINT COMBUSTIONS , 001
SCO-CORE I ABCD BUDGETS 002
lo-CORE I ABCD BUDGET GRAPHS 004A
DESIGN . 007
SPIKES: MPS . OOTA
PARA CP 008
PNP 003A
PENTA CP 009
DAILY LEDGER 009A
14C02 DATA 010
H20 EXTRACTIONS 012
SEDIMENT EXTRACTIONS 017
COMBUSTIONS 017A
BUDGETS: MPS OIBA
PARA CP. 019
PNP 019A
PENTA CP 020
TLC DATA 020A
IQ-CCRE III, GULF OF MEXICO: MPS, P-CR, PNP, PCP 026
SPIKE; TIME o UNEXTRACTABLE AND EXTRACTABLE DATA 026A
DAILY C02 AND BREAKDOUN SCHEDULE ..... ..... 029
C02 DATA TABLES: CPM/HOUR AND CUMULATIVE 029A
B-6/1
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF BREEZE , FLORIDA 32561
LAB NOTEBOOK CIRCULATION REPORT
( 5/ 9/85 PAGE 1)
DRROWER'S NAME : MUELLER LEW
TITLE
FATE SCREEN
FATE SCREEN
BORROWER'S NAME : NOVAK STEVE
TITLE
BACTERIAL DEGRADATION HYDROCARBON FUEL IN THE
AQUEOUS ENVIRONMENT
BORROWER'S NAME : PRITCHARD HAP
TITLE
LABORATORY MICROCOSM AS VERIFICATION TOOLS FOR
STUDYING FATE AND TRANSPORT PROCESSES IN
NATURAL ESTUARINE SYSTEMS
DEVELOPMENT OF VALIDATED EXPOSURE METHODOLOGY
JET FUEL DEGRADATION #3
I
LABORATORY MICROCOSM AS VERIFICATION TOOLS FOR
STUDYING FATE AND TRANSPORT PROCESSES IN
NATURAL ESTUARINE SYSTEMS, NO. 2
ORROWER'S NAME : SPAIN JIM
TITLE
FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 04/06/82
FATE SCREENS SHAKEN 05/18/82;
05/19/82
QUIESCENT
FATE SCREENS SHAKED 06/08/82; QUIESCENT
06/08/82
FATE SCREEN QUIESCENT 06/30/82
FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 06/30/82
FATE SCREEN QUIESCENT 07/28/82
FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 07/28/82
FATE SCREENS QUIESCENT 08/10/82; SHAKEN
08/10/82
BOOK
000109
000152
BOOK
000103
BOOK
000108
000115
000137
000143
BOOK
000078
000079
000080
000081
000082
000083
000084
000085
DATE
34-10-09
84-10-09
DATE
84-06-21
DATE
34-11-27
84-11-27
34-11-27
84-11-27
DATE
83-06-07
83-05-07
83-06-07
83-06-07
83-06-07
83-06-07
83-06-07
83-06-07
B-6/2
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
GULF BREEZE , FLORIDA 32561
LAB NOTEBOOK CIRCULATION REPORT
( 5/ 9/85 PAGE 1)
NOTEBOOK
000078
000079
000080
000081
000082
000083
000084
000085
000086
000087
Q00088
000090
D00103
000108
BORROWER NAME
SPAIN JIM
SPAIN JIM
SPAIN JIM
SPAIN JIM
SPAIN JIM
SPAIN JIM
SPAIN JIM
SPAIN JIM
SPAIN JIM
SPAIN JIM
SPAIN JIM
SPAIN JIM
NOVAK STEVE
PRITCHARO HAP
000109
300115
000137
MUELLER LEN
PRITCHARD HAP
PRITCHARD HAP
TITLE DATE
FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 04/06/82 83-06-07
FATE SCREENS SHAKEN 83-06-07
05/18/82; QUIESCENT
05/19/82
FATE SCREENS SHAKED 83-06-07
06/08/82; QUIESCENT
06/08/82
FATE SCREEN QUIESCENT 83-06-07
06/30/82
FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 06/30/82 83-06-07
FATE SCREEN QUIESCENT 83-06-07
07/28/82
FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 07/28/82 83-06-07
FATE SCREENS QUIESCENT 83-06-07
08/10/82; SHAKEN 08/10/82
FATE SCREEN QUIESCENT 83-06-07
08/18/82
FATE SCREEN QUIESCENT 83-06-07
09/25/82
FATE SCREEN SHAKEN 10/15/82 83-06-07
RJ5 FATE SCREEN DATA 83-05-09
BACTERIAL DEGRADATION 84-06-21
HYDROCARBON FUEL IN THE
AQUEOUS ENVIRONMENT
LABORATORY MICROCOSM AS 84-11-27
VERIFICATION TOOLS FOR
STUDYING FATE AND TRANSPORT
PROCESSES IN NATURAL
ESTUARINE SYSTEMS
FATE SCREEN 84-10-09
DEVELOPMENT OF VALIDATED 84-11-27
EXPOSURE METHODOLOGY
JET FUEL DEGRADATION #3 84-11-27
B-6/3
-------
Literature Search System
B-7
-------
SEARCH REQUEST LOG
U8 NUMBER : 85-002 LAB PROJECT NO. :
IRIGINATOR : PRITCHARD HAP PHONE : 268 DATE : 84-10-09
BRANCH CHIEF : BOURQUIN AL
ICRIPTION OF REQUEST :
SEARCH RECENT (PAST 5 YEARS) LITERATURE R£: 2,4
EICHLOROPHENOL ESPECIALLY IN REGARD TO (1) CHEMICAL
[ANALYSIS, C2) MICROBIAL DEGRADATION, (3) PHYSICAL-CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES AND (4) BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS.
JEYTI
ERMS :
RN=120-83-2
NALYS?
ICROBI?ODEGRADAT?
ANALY7OMETHOD?
pEGRADAT? OR DEGRADN
PECOMPOS? OR DECOMPN
MICROS??? ?
J=ATE OR EFFECT? ?
[TOXICOLOGY
IVGROCHEMICALS
WATER
.EARCHER : SUSAN MEANS DATE : 84-10-10
TIMATE OF COST : 44.47
f
I
\
I
ARCH STRATEGY :
A SEARCH 311, 310; BIOSIS 5, 55
ALUATION
TS : 76
INTS : 76
B-7/1
-------
APPENDIX C - STOP-LISTS AND GO-LISTS
A stop-list Increases the value of keyword Indices by Identifying trivial terms
for exclusion from analysis. It is composed of non-descriptive words such as
articles, conjunctions, prepositions, and pronouns as well as terms which lack
significance within the context of the documents being evaluated.
A go-list decreases the redundancy of keyword indices by identifying non-
trivial terms for inclusion in analysis. It is a prescribed set of descriptive
terms on which an analysis is run; anything not on the list is ignored. A go-
list 1s most effective when the subject scope is relatively narrow and well-defined.
Stop-lists and go-lists are created in the EPALIT text editor. Modifications
are made by editing the appropriate file interactively. Files should be sorted
after each modification to re-establish the correct alphabetical sequence.
As a preliminary to keyword analysis, the system looks for a stop-list whose
six character mnemonic and ID match those of the batch stream being used. If
one is found, it is used to run the analysis. If not, the system looks for a
go-list with matching mnemonic and ID. If one is encountered, it is used. If
neither a stop- or a go-list is present, the system analyzes every term in the text.
Stop- and go-words may be truncated using the asterisk symbol (*). For example,
the truncation RECORD* implies not only the word RECORD, but RECORDS, RECORDED,
RECORDING, etc. Imbedded word fragments may also be treated this way. For
example, *PUBL* implies PUBLICATION, PREPUBLICATION, and so on. This feature
should be used carefully as too general a truncation may result in the
exclusion or inclusion of undesired terms.
-------
SAMPLE STOP-LIST
BOUT
BOVE
BSTRACT*
CCURACY
CT
CTIVIT*
DDITION*
FFECT*
FTER
SENC*
SENT*
SREEMENT*
L
LL
-ONG
.SO
.TERNATIVE^
LTHOUGH
40NG
MALYS*
MIMAL*
fJNOTATE*
MNUAL*
PPARENT*
PPENDIX
i>PLICA*
PPLIED
PPRECIABL*
PPROACH*
PRIL
SCERTAIN*
5PECT*
SSESS*
SSOCIAT*
BTM
r
ITTEMPT*
PG
UGUST
I/AILA8*
i/ERAGE
VOID*
AR
BASE*
BE
BECAME
BECAUSE
BECOM*
BEEN
BEFORE
BEGUN
BEING
BETWEEN
BOOK
BOTH
BRANCH
BREEZE
BRIEF*
8ROAO
BUREAU
BUT
BY
CAN
CARRE
CASE
CAUS*
CENTER
CERTAIN
CHANG*
CHAPTER*
CHARACTERISTIC*
CHOICE
COLD
COLLEGE
COMMENT
COMMITTEE
COMPLET*
COMPOUND*
CONCERN*
CONCENTRAT*
CONDITION*
CONFIRM*
CONTAIN*
CONTRIBUTION
CONTROL
CORPS
COULD
CUE*
D
DAMAGE
DEC
DECEMBER
DELIVER
DEMAND*
DEPUTY
DESCRI*
DID
DIFFEREN*
DIGEST*
DIRECT*
DISCUSS*
DO
DOES
DOWN
DR
DRAFT*
DUE*
DURING
E
EACH
EARL*
EAST*
ECONOMICAL
EFFECT*
EFFICIEN*
EFFORT*
EIGHT*
EITHER
END*
ENTER*
ENTIRE
EQUIPMENT
ERROR*
ESTABLISH*
ESTIMAT*
ET
EVALUAT*
EVEN
EVER*
EVIDENCE
EXCEPT*
EXOTICA
EXPERIMENT*
EXPLOR*
EXPOS*
FACTOR*
FACT*
FEB
FEBRUARY
FEDERAL
FEEDER*
FEW
FIFT*
FILL
FILM*
FINAL*
FIRED
FIRST
FISCAL
FIXATION
FLA
FLAT
FOLLOW*
FOR
FORMATION*
FORMULAT*
FORTH
FOUR*
FROM
FUNCTION*
FURTHER
FY
G
GENERAT*
GIV*
HAD
HAS
HAV*
HELD
HENCE
HERE*
HIGH
HOTEL
HOUR*
HOW*
I
IF
II
IMPORTAN*
IN
INCLUD*
INDIRECT*
INDUC*
INFLUEN*
INTO
INVESTIGAT*
INVOLV*
IS
ISOLAT*
ISSU*
IT*
JAN
JANUARY
C-l
-------
SAMPLE GO-LIST
IARACIDE* NALED
IMDRO NEBURON
iNTIFOULING PARATHION
RAZINE PEST*
PEST CONTROL*
IIOLOGICAL CONTROL* PESTICIDE*
EOLOGICAL PESTICIDE* PESTICIDE RESIDUE*
IIORATIONAL* PENTACHLOROPHENOL
IUX PHORATE
JIRBOPHENTHIQN PHOSPHAMEDON
[ftS: 50-29-3 POLLUTANT*
^S: 58-89-8 POLLUTION EFFECT*
IAS: 60-57-1 PYRETHOID
IftS: 72-20-8 RESIDUAL EFFECT:
IftS* 72-43-5 RESIDUE*
IAS: 72-54-8 THIOBENCARB
ES: 72-55-9
S: 76-48-8
;AS: 608-73-1
gftS: 2385-85-5
»S: 80001-35-2
PTTD
:HEMICAL CONTROL*
•HLORINE
IILORYPRIFOS
;ONTROL*
ITGON
k
i£T
fcvp
KAZINON
)IELDRIN
fFLUBENZURON
DOSULFAN
iNDRIN
(N
ADICAT*
HION
:ENTHION
BNGICIDE*
THION
IEPTACHLOR
IJSECTICIDE*
IJSECT VIRUS*
*PONE
tRVICIDE*
NDANE
LATHION
IETHOXYCHLOR
•ETHYL PARATHION
IREX
IOLLUSCICIDE*
C-2
-------
APPENDIX D - NAME FILES
A name file 1s essentially an authority file used in the generation of author
Indices. It aggregates all of an individual author's entries in one place by
correlating variant name spellings to an accepted version. A name file is
created in EPALIT's text editor and should have the same application mnemonic
and ID as the batch stream it will be used with. Each name variation is added
to the file in a pair consisting of (1) the variant and (2) the standard form.
Items should be entered in the correct alphabetical sequence; however, a program
for sorting and re-sequencing name files is available if needed. The librarian
is responsible for determining initial file input and for periodically reviewing
and updating files.
-------
SAMPLE NAME FILE
JAHEARN, D.G.
AHEARN, DONALD G.
iAINSWORTH, KAREN
AINSWORTH, KAREN A.
ALEXANDER, SHELLY
2 ALEXANDER! SHELLEY V.
IBAHNER, L.H.
BAHNER, LOWELL H.
1 BARQUET, A.
)BARQUET, ANA
BENDER, M.E.
BENDER, MICHAEL E.
1 BLACKMAN, R.R.
I8LACKMAN, ROBBIN R.
BLOCK, R.M.
2 BLOCK, RONALD M.
M BOBBIE, R.J.
• BOBBIE, RONALD J.
1300KHOUT, C.G
? BOOKHOUT, CAZLYN G.
• BOOKHOUT, C.G.
P BOOKHOUT, CAZLYN G.
1 BORTHWICK, P.W.
1BORTHWICK, PATRICK W.
SOURQUIN, A.W.
2 BOURQUIN, AL W.
> BOURQUIN, A.W. ET AL
BOURQUIN, AL W.
BOURQUIN, AL W., EDITORS
2 SOURQUIN, AL W.
I BRADY, S.S.
BRADY, S. SCOTT
1 BRIGHT, T.J.
• BRIGHT, THOMAS J.
BUNTING, D.L.
2 BUNTING, DIANE L.
L BUNTING, DIANE LEIGH
I BUNTING, DIANE L.
P BURNETT, L.E.
2 BURNETT, LOUIS E.
I BUTLER, P.A.
BUTLER, PHILIP A.
1 CALDWELL, R.S.
ICALDWELL, RICHARD S.
CANFIELD, D.E.
2 CANFIELD, DANIEL E.
ICANTELMO, F.R.
CANTELMO, FRANK R.
CARPENTER, J.H.
2 CARPENTER, JAMES H.
ICAZWELL, P.L.
CAZWELL, PATRICK L.
1 DANIELS, L.J.
DANIELS, LEANE J.
I
D-l
------- |